|
Meeting of Current and Prospective ABA Program Directors and Faculty Who Use the CBA Learning Module Series |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be a meeting of current and prospective university ABA program directors and faculty who use the CBA Learning Module Series. The purpose of this meeting is to ensure that these program directors and faculty are getting the most out of the CBA Learning Module Series administrative features. The program has new features and reports that we believe are invaluable to student progress tracking and comparing cohort progress to everyone who uses the CBA Learning Module Series. We are also interested in receiving input from faculty on their ideas for features that could improve the program. |
Keyword(s): BCBA, BDS, CBA, exam |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia) |
Presenting Authors: |
The business meeting will review annual events and initiatives for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, presented by the current editor. |
|
|
|
|
Student Committee Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Chair: Kenneth W. Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
ABAI Student members constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The student business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., awards, events, and dissemination). |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Professional Development, Student Committee, Student Representatives |
|
|
|
|
The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (TBA SIG) Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG's mission is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis to all organisms in any setting where those activities occur. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the Teaching Behavior Analysis SIG. We will also set goals for the coming year. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member of the TBA SIG. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments are welcome. |
Keyword(s): SIG, TBA, Teaching BA |
|
|
|
|
The Behavior Analyst Editorial Board and Authors |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Skyway 260, Hyatt Regency, Blue East |
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavior Analyst Editorial board members and prospective authors are invited to discuss the journal's past year and new directions. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analyst, Editorial Board |
|
|
|
|
WisABA: Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Bass Behavioral Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
Everyone interested in WisABA (Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis)--Wisconsin's ABAI Affiliate Chapter--is invited to gather and discuss the upcoming WisABA Convention, set 2016 goals, target sites for WisABA Roadshow presentations, and find ways to fulfill suggestions brought by participants. WisABA welcomes new participants, students, parents, and anyone interested in Wisconsin's behavioral goings-on. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): Clinical, Mental Health |
|
|
|
|
Military and Veterans Special Interest Group (MilVet SIG) |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US, UK, and Canadian military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population. |
|
|
|
|
OHABA: Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Chair: Tracy D. Guiou (BECA) |
Presenting Authors: |
Business meeting |
Keyword(s): OHABA |
|
|
|
|
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group (DI SIG) Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Chair: Ann Fairchild Filer (Beacon ABA Services), Wendy L. Littleton-Kozma (Evergreen Center, Criterion Child Enrichment) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Direct Instruction Special Interest Group (DI SIG) strives to coordinate and facilitate ongoing trainings and networking opportunities for all individuals interested in using this evidence-based instructional practice within the domains of academics, language, reasoning and problem solving. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the DI SIG. We will also set goals for the coming year. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member to attend. |
Keyword(s): DI SIG, Direct Instruction |
|
|
|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards Ceremony |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Grand Ballroom, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Opening Event, SABA Awards |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service: Behavior Analysis: A Consilient Future |
Abstract: Modern behavior analysis must be consilient to prosper as a discipline. E. O. Wilson wrote, "The love of complexity without reductionism makes art; the love of complexity with reductionism makes science." Necessarily our science will profit from integrating reductionistic and artistic elements in the service of answering significant questions about behavior and addressing behavioral and other psychological challenges facing humanity. Over his career Dr. Thompson has been fortunate to use such strategies for basic theoretical matters concerning the integration of behavior, as well as applied problems in pharmacology, architecture, development of children with autism, and making the lives of people with disabilities better. |
|
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
|
Dr. Travis Thompson received his doctoral training in psychology at the University of Minnesota and completed postdoctoral work at the University of Maryland with Joseph V. Brady and at Cambridge University (UK) with Robert Hinde. His earliest work dealt with the relations among concepts from behavior analysis, ethology, and pharmacology. He was director of the John F. Kennedy Center for Human Development at Vanderbilt University and Smith Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Kansas Medical Center before returning to Minnesota in 2003.
Dr. Thompson co-authored, with Charles R. Schuster, the first textbook in behavioral pharmacology and has done basic and applied interdisciplinary research in developmental disabilities, including genetics, pharmacology, and neuroscience. He was involved in developing one of the first large-scale behavioral intervention programs for individuals with intellectual disabilities, and for the past several years has directed home-based early intervention services for young children with autism in Minnesota.
Dr. Thompson's publications include 225 articles and chapters and 29 books. A total of 48 doctoral students have completed their training under his mentorship. He has received numerous awards, including the APA Division 1 (Society for General Psychology) Ernest Hilgard Award, Division 25's Don Hake Award, and the Division 33 (Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities) Edgar Doll Award. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavioral Analysis: A Behavior-Analytic World View |
Abstract: What started in the late 1920s at Harvard University as a small research project of a young graduate student involving several rats, some Rube Goldberg-like apparatus, and a handful of home-made food pellets is quite different today. Behavior analysis has grown in numbers, knowledge, and impact, and we have changed in composition. We have become, and continue to become even more of an international movement. This presentation comprises a brief historical analysis of some of the variables that have contributed to this internationalization of behavior analysis. They include seminal individuals crossing the oceans in all directions to bring and take behavior analysis to the four corners of the earth; scientific, conceptual, and application developments within the discipline; broader cultural events and technological developments; and personal contacts and exchanges of ideas among behavior analysts from different countries. The breeching of obstacles such as economic and resource limitations, perceived cultural incompatibilities with a behavior-analytic world view, language barriers, entrenched competing world views, and physical distance has required persistence, dedication, commitment, and ingenuity, but our internationalization has great momentum. Indeed this internationalization is essential to our future well-being. |
|
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
|
Andy is Centennial Professor of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught and conducted research for the last 44 years, although his colleagues have suggested that it is really more like 5 years, he is out of the country so frequently! His sojourns include two sabbatical years at the University of Lille, France (including one as a Fulbright Research Fellow); appointments as a Fellow of the Japanese Society for the Promotion of Science, a Global Professor at Keio University in Tokyo, a Visiting Professor at the Jordan University of Science and Technology; and as a Visiting Scholar at the Universities of Brasilia and São Paulo in Brazil, the National Autonomous University and the University of Guadalajara in Mexico; and University College London. When he has been in Morgantown he has hosted and mentored sabbatical visitors and students from universities in Australia, Brazil, Colombia, France, Japan, and Mexico, and has been the doctoral advisor of several international students at WVU. One outcome of these collaborations has been some 30 co-authored research publications with international scholars. Another is service on the editorial boards of three international journals, including three terms as the English Language Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. Through his many and diverse activities in the world arena, Andy has served as a behavior-analytic ambassador carrying in his portfolio outstanding teaching, scientific acumen, and good will in promoting the international development of our discipline. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Forty Years of Research: Doing a Lot, Learning a Little |
Abstract: Dr. Poling’s first publication appeared in 1976 and since that time he has conducted basic, translational, and applied research in several areas, resulting in publications in more than 50 different journals. This presentation will overview what he has learned regarding how to succeed as a researcher. Topics to be considered include selecting topics to study, being steadfastly pragmatic, persisting in the face of apparent failure, working successfully with other people, securing funds to support projects, writing well, publishing articles, and evaluating one’s own work. |
|
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University) |
|
Dr. Alan Poling is Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University. He received his BA from Alderson-Broaddus College, his MA from West Virginia University, and his Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. A Fellow of Divisions 3, 25, and 28 of the American Psychological Association, Dr. Poling has published 12 books and roughly 350 articles and book chapters and served as the research advisor of 35 Ph.D. recipients. They, and he, have conducted research and done conceptual work in several areas, including behavioral pharmacology, clinical psychopharmacology (with special emphasis on the effects of psychotropic drugs in people with developmental disabilities), applied behavior analysis, gender issues, animal welfare, quantitative analysis, learning processes, and research methods. Dr. Poling was recognized as a Distinguished Faculty Scholar at Western Michigan University in 1996 and as a Distinguished Alumnus of West Virginia University in 1999. In 2003, he received the Western Michigan University College of Arts and Sciences Outstanding Achievement in Research and Creative Activity Award. In 2016, he will receive a Lifetime Achievement Award from the California Association of Behavior Analysis, a Translational Research Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and an International Humanitarian Award from the American Psychological Association. |
|
SABA Award: Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: University of California, Santa Barbara, Koegel Autism Center |
Abstract: We begin with a video example of children with autism in the 1960s, chained to their beds, receiving electric shocks, etc.; and then move on to a video example from modern times showing a child receiving a motivational pivotal response treatment. The emphasis here is on the power of programmatic research, with successive scientific findings building on each other to accomplish extremely dramatic results for improving the symptoms of autism. We will also discuss areas that still are in desperate need of research and intervention, such as parent stress, co-morbid disabilities, sex education, and employment. |
|
LYNN KERN KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara), ROBERT L. KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
|
Lynn Kern Koegel, Ph.D., is the Clinical Director of the Koegel Autism Center at the University of California, Santa Barbara. She has been active in the development of programs to improve communication in children with autism, including the development of first words, development of grammatical structures, and pragmatics. Dr. Koegel is co-author and co-editor of major textbooks on autism and positive behavioral support and is co-author of the bestselling book Overcoming Autism: Finding the Answers, Strategies, and Hope That Can Transform a Child’s Life (Penguin, 2004). In addition to her published books and articles in the area of communication and language development, she has developed and published procedures and field manuals in the area of self-management and functional analysis that are used in school districts throughout the United States and have been translated in most major languages used throughout the world. Dr. Lynn Koegel is actively involved in providing support and intervention services in school districts, both locally in California and throughout the United States. Dr. Koegel, and her husband Robert, were awarded the first annual recipient of the Sesame Street Children’s Television Workshop Award for brightening the lives of children. She has also been featured in news reports on television stations throughout the United States and has appeared on episodes of the internationally broadcast ABC television series Supernanny. |
|
Robert Koegel, Ph.D., has focused his career on autism, specializing in language intervention, family support, and school integration. He has published more than 200 articles and papers relating to the treatment of autism. He is the founding editor of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. Models of his procedures have been used in public schools and in parent education programs throughout California, across the United States, and in other countries. He has trained health care and special education leaders in the United States and abroad. Dr. Koegel and his wife, Dr. Lynn Kern Koegel, are the developers of Pivotal Response Treatment, which focuses on motivation. They were the recipients of the first annual Children’s Television Workshop Sesame Street Award for Brightening the Lives of Children and the first annual Autism Speaks Award for Science and Research. The University of California, Santa Barbara, received a $2.35 million gift to expand the physical space of its autism center, which was renamed the Koegel Autism Center in recognition of the Koegels’ work on behalf of children with autism, and a large gift from the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Foundation to start the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Asperger Center, which is now part of the Koegel Autism Center. |
|
SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Why Doesn't the World Appreciate ABA? |
Abstract: Almost every major challenge in the world today can be seen as a failure to appropriately shape behavior, including chronic disease, economic inequality, violence and climate change. Why, then, isn't the proven science and practice of benignly shaping behavior widely embraced by the public and all our institutions? The problem is that the public clings to emotional appeal, and ABA bristles with data, evidence and rationalism. Therein lies a communications challenge on which rest not only the prospects for the field, but those for the human race. |
|
DAVID H. FREEDMAN (Journalist) |
|
David H. Freedman is a contributing editor at The Atlantic, a contributor to Scientific American, and a consulting editor for Harvard's Brigham & Women's Hospital, and has at various times written regularly for The New York Times, Science, Newsweek, Discover, Forbes and Inc. He is the author of five books, the most recent of which is WRONG, about the problems with the published findings of medical scientists and other experts. Much of his current work is related to the roles of policy, industry and journalism in addressing health-related behavior change, as well as to the improvement of healthcare systems globally. He has served as a consulting journalist to several major academic medical centers, including Johns Hopkins, NYU and McGill University, and is the founding editor of a forthcoming global healthcare information resource. He received a Bachelor's degree in physics from Oberlin College. |
|
Target Audience: Licensed psychologists, BCBAs, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: Pending. |
|
Keyword(s): Opening Event, SABA Awards |
|
|
|
|
Psychology as the Interdisciplinary Behaviorist Views It |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Øystein Vogt (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Psychology as the Interdisciplinary Behaviorist Views It |
Domain: Theory |
ØYSTEIN VOGT (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: Causal categorisation arranges different fields within the ontogenetic level of behavioral science, psychology, in a system according to their causal and explanatory role, whether in terms of a distinction between or proximate and ultimate causes, mechanistic and contextual science, or final, efficient and material Aristotelian causal types. Although whether or not behavior analysis belongs to psychology is to some extent a semantic question, given that it does, it does not comprise the whole of psychology. It cannot replace neuroscience or perhaps even neurocognitve perspectives any more than evolutionary biology can replace genetics. Likewise, neuroscience or cognitive psychology cannot replace behavior analysis any more than genetics can replace evolutionary biology. The classical Mayrian distinction between proximate and ultimate causation in evolutionary biology confines psychology to the limited framework inherent in mechanistic causation (since proximal causal accounts are almost inevitably mechanistic in nature). Thus evolutionary psychology only cements a limited mechanistic psychology, in line with the dominating cognitivist paradigm. It is unfit to function as a unifying underlying theory of psychology and, more importantly, to charter interdisciplinary behavioral science. Evolutionary psychology is ripe with recent examples of unconvincing reduction of learning to mechanism. Another dimension that I identify, not forming an x-axis, as in level of selection, nor a y-axis, as in the causal categorisation between proximate and ultimate causation described above: Is level of reduction along a z-axis. Neurocognitivism is antireductionist relative to molecular and cellular neuroscience, which in turn is pro-reductionist relative to the former, forming a dimensional axis. A similar parallel dimensional axis arguably exists between atomic-molecular behavior analysis (pro-reductionist) and molar, or alternatively macro-molecular, behavior analysis (antireductionist). If all the pieces fall neatly into place the result should be a psychology that organises key fields along the lines of causal categorisation and levels of reduction, remedying both the causal categorical mistakes and classical Rylean categorical mistakes that continue to plague psychology, respectively. Or, in other words, psychology as the interdisciplinary behaviorist views it. |
|
|
|
|
|
Parents, Professionals and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Maryhaven Center of Hope) |
Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism: A Latin America Case |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando) |
Discussant: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando) |
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto Cueto, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Alcanzando is a not for profit organization that provides educational services based on the principles of applied behavior analysis to children with autism around the Spanish speaking world. This Symposium is meant to share the data from their services over the last 7 years. |
Keyword(s): autism, early intervention, latin america, spanish |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Services in Latin America |
ANTUANETE CHAVEZ (Alcanzando), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando), Sandra Granados (Alcanzando) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the Ethical and Cultural considerations that should be in place when providing early intervention behavioral services to children with autism in various Spanish speaking countries. |
|
Strategies to Promote Appropriate Play Skills in Children Within the Autism Spectrum |
SILVIA ESCOBAR (Alcanzando), Patricia Rojas (Alcanzando), Belen Rodriguez (Alcanzando), Elizabeth Rojas (Alcanzando), Jarume Angulo (Alcanzando) |
Abstract: Play and Social Skills are key necessary components to lead successful adult lives. This presentation will provide information regarding strategies that were found to be successful in teaching these skills to young children diagnosed in the Autism Spectrum in Peru. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Applications in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana, Lafayette) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The development of behavior analytic approaches in clinical areas other than intellectual and developmental disabilities began flourishing in the early 1970's and then dissipated in favor of alternative approaches that focused moreso on explanatory fictions and entity postulation to account for the behavior of individuals. Thankfully, the last decade has seen a resurgence in clinical behavior analysis with research and practice that focus' on these more mainstream areas typically dominated by clinical psychology but with efforts to remain behavior analytic at its roots. A primary approach to those suffering from behavioral and mental health issues is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy which brings behavior analytic principles and procedures into the mainstream and challenges the status quo. Generally, this approach posits that much suffering occurs due to relational responding and subsequent transformation of stimulus function which may bring aversive stimulation present wherever we may roam. In response to this, we are likely to engage in avoidant responding that restricts our contact with- and range of-reinforcers. This symposium will present on difficulties inherent in both building a coherent theoretical/scientific system to approach mainstream issues as well as practical difficulties in implementation of protocols while remaining within ethical and professional boundaries of applied behavior analysis. Data will be presented on applications within each talk. |
Keyword(s): ACT, Clinical BA, Values, Verbal Behavior |
|
Applying Behavior Analysis to Clinical Populations: A Case Study in Phobia |
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness) |
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis in the area of phobias has a long history of success. Today, research is still conducted in the area of phobias that rely on therapies developed 40 years ago in behavior analysis. Added to these is an understanding of derived avoidance via relational framing and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a clinical approach to experiential avoidance of the verbal sort. This case study sought to remediate cynophobia, or rather, fear of dogs, in a 9-year-old boy. Avoidant behavior was reported to have emerged and persisted 7 years, with no known aversive experience prior to onset. Previous exposure interventions were unsuccessful in reducing the child’s fearful behaviors. This study sought to decrease the avoidant behavior of the child through graduated exposure, distraction, and a rule-based verbal behavior component. Results of the intervention utilizing a multiple-baseline across dogs design show decreasing proximity to both sized dogs and increasing duration of exposure through increasing task demands. Implications of the verbal intervention are discussed in the context of expanding interest, understanding, and application by behavior analysts. |
|
Effectiveness of a Brief Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Intervention to Increase Physical Therapy Adherence |
ANN ROST (Missouri State University), Jennifer Ashley Battles (Missouri State) |
Abstract: Compliance with physical therapy is one of the most salient difficulties physical therapists face with patients (Pisters, et. al., 2010). Methods to improve physical therapy adherence have only been mildly successful, and many modalities fail to address psychological components that effect compliance (Freidrich, et. al., 1998). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a third wave behavior analytic therapy that emphasizes mindfulness, values, and psychological flexibility and has recently been utilized to influence health behavior change (Hayes, 2014; Butryn, et. al., 2011). The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness of a brief ACT intervention on physical therapy adherence including compliance with prescribed home exercises and attendance at sessions. Participants were recruited from a campus physical therapy clinic and had a variety of physical injuries. Utilizing a single-subjects design, participants complete four individual ACT therapy sessions after measuring physical therapy adherence for a baseline period. Data was collected for the entire duration each participant was in physical therapy, ranging from six to eight weeks. Additional questionnaires were administered prior to and following the ACT intervention that assessed values connectedness, mindfulness, psychological flexibility, distress tolerance, and pain acceptance. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Therapy for Families and Their Children |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Lihang He (Mississippi College) |
|
Culturally Adapted Cognitive Behavior Family Therapy for Asian American Families of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
LIHANG HE (Mississippi College) |
|
Abstract: The prevalence of children with developmental disabilities has been growing in the past ten years. As the Asian Americans becoming the fastest immigrant group recently, mental health services for Asian American families of children with developmental disabilities will be increasingly needed in the next 20 or 30 years. Families of children with developmental disabilities usually experience stress, grief, isolation, and other psychological symptoms. Asian American families may experience higher stress and other difficulties such as stigma due to their cultural background, discrimination, and different acculturation status. Studies of cognitive behavior therapy (CBT), behavior parent training (BPT) and structural family therapy (SFT) to treat families of children with developmental disabilities will be analyzed thoroughly. Culturally sensitive approach for Asian American families will be explored by analyzing related studies implemented to this population. The integration of CBT, BPT, and SFT along with the culture considerations for Asian American families will be proposed by using the Developmental and Research Utilization Model (DRU). |
|
Behavior Change in the Therapist's Office: A Methodological Consideration of Clinical Treatment and Service Delivery |
Domain: Applied Research |
PHILIP L. CONCORS (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Karen M. Zeltman (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Danielle Scott (Rowan University) |
|
Abstract: Behavior Analytic supports are typically delivered in the target environment within which problem behavior occurs. A triadic model of intervention is most common, whereby the clinician trains caregivers and educators on evidence-based intervention techniques as informed by a comprehensive behavior assessment. A dyadic model of treatment, characterized by the clinician directly implementing behavior-change interventions to the client, within an outpatient milieu, is less supported in the treatment literature. Potential confounds to successful outcomes within this model include questionable validity for observation of problem behavior, as well as limited generality of behavior change from clinic setting to home, school, or community environments. However, an outpatient clinic-based dyadic model of behavior intervention should be considered as a potentially viable method to effect meaningful behavior change for specific problems often addressed through the domain of Clinical Behavior Analysis. Three experimental analyses are considered: (1) Habit Reversal Training (HRT) was delivered to a female adolescent engaging in chronic eye-lash pulling; (2) Simplified Habit Reversal (SHR) treatment was provided to a 9-year-old male child engaging in repetitive, socially stigmatizing, hand movements; and, (3) Systematic Desensitization was implemented for a 6-year-old child displaying intense tantrum behavior in the presence of a dog. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethics of Social Media: Regulations, Research, and Recommendations |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth C. Nulty, M.S. |
Abstract: In the age of the internet, organizations and business rely on a web presence for advertising. Companies post information on their websites including the type of services provided, the credentials of their owner and employees, and their contact information. Behavior analytic organizations are no different than any other business utilizing websites and social media websites (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, blogs), in an effort to boost referrals. There is no harm in behavior analytic organizations and business in maintaining websites for advertising purposes unless the rights of consumers are violated with regards to confidentiality, disclosures, and a misrepresentation of practice. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), the American Psychological Association (APA), and HIPPA all have codes of conduct and/or regulations for professional behavior; however, many behavior analytic websites are in violation of these codes. Crucial changes in social media content are required in order for the consumers of behavior analysis to be protected. This symposium reviews the regulation from the BACB, APA, & HIPPA related to confidentiality and social media. A review of behavior analytic websites is discussed with regards to ethical violations based on the BACBs Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis, followed by recommendations for avoiding future violations on behavior analytic websites. |
Keyword(s): ethics, public policy, regulations, social media |
|
A Review of the BACB, APA, and HIPPA Regulations Related to Social Media |
SOLANDY FORTE (Endicott College/CCSN) |
Abstract: It is essential for behavior analyst to understand the regulations that guide our profession and ethical practices with regards to social media including organizational and business websites, Facebook and Twitter accounts, and blogs. Many businesses and organizations use social media as a means to increase advertising for client referrals through the use of testimonials. A major concern with the use of testimonials is the lack of confidentiality related to testimonials. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), the American Psychological Association (APA), and HIPPA all have codes of conduct and/or regulations for professional behavior. While many of the regulations are comparable, subtle variations across each exist. This presentation compares and contrasts the regulations of BACB, APA, and HIPPA regarding professional behavior and the use of social media, as well as examines our obligation to follow such codes of conduct. A review of confidentiality standards is included, particularly around the use of written and video testimonials on websites. |
|
A Review of Behavior Analysis Websites: A Research Project |
ELIZABETH C. NULTY (Endicott College/CCSN) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis goes into effect on January 1, 2016. The BACB’s new code includes several regulations that are applicable to social media sites including professional websites for behavior analysis organizations and their corresponding Facebook account, Twitter account, and blogs. The 15 specific BACB compliance codes that may apply to social media accounts are reviewed. This presentation includes an analysis of over 50 behavior analytic websites for organizations from across the country. Each website was reviewed for ethical violations on the 15 compliance codes (i.e., boundaries of competence, integrity and reputation of the profession, patient/therapist relationship or professional boundaries, multiple relationships and conflict of interest exploitative relationships, confidentiality, disclosures, behavior analytic assessment, affirming principles, avoiding false or deceptive statements, intellectual property, statements by others, media presentation, testimonials and advertising, confidentiality and BABC intellectual property, discouraging misrepresentation). The results of this study revealed that over half of the websites reviewed were found to have at least one ethical violation. |
|
Recommendations for Prevention of Ethical Violations on Social Media Sites |
KARI ANNE DUNLOP (Endicott College/HMEA) |
Abstract: Although behavior analysts are responsible for understanding their ethical obligations from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB), many behavior analyst violate codes of professional conduct. A concern is the rate of ethical violation related to confidentiality and disclosures on the websites of behavior analytic organizations. With an increased use of web based advertising on social media (i.e., websites, Facebook and Twitter accounts, and blogs), behavior analysts must understand the how do develop social media sites without violating ethical standards. In a review of over 50 behavior analytic websites, over half were found to have at least one ethical violation according to the BACB’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysis. This presentation includes recommendations for those behavior analysts responsible for social media content on websites (i.e., organization and business websites, Facebook and Twitter Accounts, and blogs). Suggestions are also included for the BACB’s consideration: the development of social media guidelines that include specific continuing education on the subject of social media content in an effort to provide better guidance to behavior analytic community. |
|
|
|
|
Current Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Military and Veteran Community |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D. |
Abstract: The current applications of applied behavior analysis (ABA) discussed in this symposium call attention to many of the social issues inherent in the practice of ABA with members of the military and veteran population. All presenters address the social significance of each problem they discuss, while explaining the potential benefits that ABA poses in understanding these problems and deriving potential behavioral solutions. The proposed solutions and future directions are intended to improve human social functioning within the military and veteran community, while also improving how those outside the community understand this population. Each author discusses issues ranging from the assessment and intervention of traumatic brain injury to the functional analysis of gambling within this population. Finally, there is a discussion about the greater civilian community’s perceptions of the military and law enforcement community and how this is influenced by recent controversial media reports of lethal use of force among police officers. |
Keyword(s): gambling, law enforcement, military/veteran, TBI |
|
Investigating Relationships Among Veterans' Service Experiences, Functions of Behavior, and Problem Gambling |
SETH W. WHITING (Yale University), Marc Potenza (Yale University), Sherry McKee (Yale University), Carolyn Mazure (Yale University), Rani Hoff (Department of Veterans Affairs) |
Abstract: Gambling disorder is more common in military veterans than in the general population, but little is known about how military experiences affect gambling behavior. The present study investigated relationships among military service factors, problem gambling, and functions of gambling behavior in veterans. Veterans of Operation Iraqi Freedom, Operation Enduring Freedom, and Operation New Dawn (n=738) completed the Deployment Risk and Resilience Inventory which measured environmental factors and experiences pre-, peri-, and post-deployment, and other clinical assessments. A subset (N=156) completed the Gambling Functional Assessment (GFA). Approximately 4.2% of veterans indicated at-risk or probable pathological gambling (ARPG) and showed greater probabilities of escape-related conditions including post-traumatic stress disorder, substance dependence, panic disorder, and depression. For service experiences, those with ARPG reported higher general harassment during deployment, and lower social support and more stressful life events post-deployment. The GFA most frequently identified attention and tangible functions for gambling, and the rate of escape-maintained gambling mirrored the rate of ARPG. The study suggests problem gambling is a significant concern among veterans is related to several aspects of veteran experiences. How behavior analysis can contribute to treatment in this population via functional analyses and function-based interventions will be discussed. |
|
Further Development of a Verbal Behavior-Based Assessment Instrument for Military and Veterans With Traumatic Brain Injury |
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
Abstract: To date there have been 327,299 diagnoses of traumatic brain injury (TBI) since the wars began in 2001 (Congressional Research Report, 2015). Current methods of assessing TBI include neuropsychological assessment batteries which adequately reveal areas of deficit in language functioning. Yet these methods are not closely tied to the therapies used during rehabilitation, which include: speech and language pathology services; rest, relaxation, and avoidance of stress and substances. By contrast, verbal behavior assessments have been used to measure the functioning of operant learning channels in other populations and yield more specific information about possible interventions for rehabilitation. Given the absence of verbal behavior assessment and intervention tools for typically developing individuals, the authors present data on the first phase of development of the Verbal Operant Channel Assessment of Learning for Military and Veterans (VOCAL-MilVet). The authors connect current neuropsychological diagnostic terms with verbal behavior terminology. Next, the authors explain the results of administering the pilot instrument to a sample of veterans with and without TBI, while presenting specific items which characterize the various channels assessed by the instrument. Finally, implications for future instrument development and intervention for TBI are discussed. |
|
Law Enforcement and Media Reports: Discrepancies and Social Implications |
Amy D. Wiech (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii), JAMES MEADOR (Grand Canyon University), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
Abstract: Police force occurs in less than 1.5% of police-citizen contacts (Miller, 2015). Yet, high profile deadly force incidents such as the Michael Brown and Freddie Gray shootings have sparked national debates and public outcry. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) includes the human behaviors of media consumption and opinion formation, which bear social relevance on other behaviors such as voting, political activism, and other social behavior (Cooper, Heron and Heward, 2007). This study examines the recent trends in media coverage of lethal use of force and the known patterns of police lethal use of force using the standard celeration chart. The authors contend that media reports of lethal conflict between law enforcement and suspects are discrepant from the raw data of these trends. These same relationships are observed on celeration charts as many media reports erroneously portray these lethal encounters as unlawful. The authors discuss the negative impact that these media reports bear on the social exchanges and overall perception between the police and the public (Bolgiano, Banks, and Patterson, 2015). The authors suggest several behavior analytic solutions to improve perceptions, encourage objective assessment of media coverage, and improve relations between police and the community at large. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Reducing Impulsivity: Current Knowledge & Future Directions |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: : GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Steeply discounting the value of delayed outcomes is robustly correlated with addictions and poor health decision-making. Longitudinal studies suggest that this form of impulsivity precedes and predicts acquisition of substance use, and animal studies reveal a similar pattern. Despite the evidence that delay discounting is a trait, this tutorial will review studies that have discovered methods for decreasing impulsive choice. We will discuss procedures that produce acute, context-dependent effects (e.g., framing effects), and when these may prove useful in positively influencing human decision making. We will also discuss learning-based procedures that have proven effective in humans (e.g., delay fading and working memory training) and nonhumans (e.g., interval-timing or delay-exposure training) in reducing impulsive choice. Finally, we will discuss practicality issues that will need to be addressed if learning-based approaches are going to impact human behavior. We will not discuss effects of drugs or neurological manipulations on impulsive choice. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) define delay discounting and discuss why it is of relevance to health decision-making; (2) discuss the direction in which it is therapeutic to change delay discounting; (3) discuss the methods that have proven successful in changing delay discounting among humans and among non-humans. |
|
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University) |
Dr. Madden received his training from the University of North Texas, West Virginia University, and the University of Vermont. Dr. Madden's research is largely focused on the behavioral economics of addiction and health decision-making. His early research documented extreme impulsivity in individuals addicted to illicit drugs and cigarettes. Later research revealed that impulsive decision-making predicted cocaine self-administration in rats. His current work explores methods that may be used to therapeutically reduce impulsivity. Dr. Madden's second, line of research explores game-based behavioral-economic approaches to influencing children's health decision-making. These research endeavors have been supported with more than $4 million in grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the US Department of Agriculture. Dr. Madden frequently serves on NIH grant-review panels, he has published more than 70 papers in 25 different journals, and his peer-reviewed publications have been cited more than 4,500 times. From 2011 until 2015, he served as the Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has edited two books including the two-volume APA Handbook of Behavior Analysis. He is currently co-writing an introductory behavior analysis textbook. |
Jillian Rung completed her BA at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale and is completing her third year of graduate training at Utah State University. Her previous work involved decision-making in dynamic environments, and her current research involves the environmental determinants of impulsivity and how processes, such as reward valuation, affect impulsive decision-making. Jillian has served as ad-hoc reviewer for the APA Graduate Student Association’s Basic Psychological Science Grant, and has also guest reviewed for several journals such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, and Cognition. When she finishes her Ph.D., she plans to continue her research on impulsive-decision making, with the goal of developing preventative behavioral training and treatment programs for addictions and related behavioral maladies. |
Keyword(s): Delay disounting, Impulsivity |
|
|
|
|
An Inquisition of Facilitated Communication |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Jason Travers, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Kansas) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
CHRISTOPHER HURLEY (Hurley McKenna & Mertz, P.C.) |
Abstract: Facilitated communication, also known as "supported typing" and "rapid prompting method”, are becoming increasingly popular. To date, no evidence exists for the validity of either of these methods and facilitated communication remains clearly refuted. Despite proclamations to the contrary, no person has become an independent author of thoughts via these methods. Nonetheless, both methods have been endorsed by various professionals, parents, advocacy groups, government agencies, and university faculty. A growing anti-ABA sentiment stems largely from allegations made by users of these methods and have been disseminated by academic journals, professional and research conferences, and online media. Given facilitated communication is classified as potentially harmful, simply listing it (and others) as a method for professionals to avoid appears only a partially effective prophylactic. Professional behavior analysts may better adhere to their ethical obligation to abstain from unproven practices if prepared to recognize and respond to arguments from proponents of pseudoscientific and disproven interventions. Accordingly, an inquisition of panelists will be conducted to reveal common tactics used by proponents of facilitated communication. Panelists will respond to unrehearsed lines of questioning to demonstrate ways to respond to arguments for this and other disproven or controversial interventions. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Communication, Developmental Disabilities, Ethics |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Research on Common Classroom Behavior Management Procedures |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Claudia L. Dozier, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested the efficacy of various classroom behavior management procedures for decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing appropriate behavior in classroom environments. In this symposium, three research studies will be presented that extend research on some of these common classroom procedures including the Good Behavior Game, descriptive praise, and token economies. Christopher Rubow will present research on procedural variations of the Good Behavior Game to increase intervention efficacy, treatment integrity, student engagement, and acceptability of the intervention. Bertilde Kamana will present research comparing the efficacy of and preference for descriptive and general praise for teaching new skills to young children. Erica Jowett Hirst will present research evaluating the influence of net token opportunity within the context of differential reinforcement versus response cost token economy procedures. |
Keyword(s): classroom management, descriptive praise, GBG, token economy |
|
Using ClassDojo and Merits to Improve Implementation and Outcomes of the Good Behavior Game |
CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game is an effective classroom behavior management procedure, and procedural variations may make it more feasible and effective. In five second- to sixth-grade classrooms in an alternative school for students with emotional/behavioral disorders, we investigated the effects of the standard Good Behavior Game (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969) and the Good Behavior Game with procedural variations that involved training staff to implement the Game using a free online/mobile classroom behavior management platform, ClassDojo. Additionally, we added a merits component to the Game to increase student engagement. Results indicated the Good Behavior Game reduced disruption, increased teacher praise, and reduced teacher reprimands, but had little impact on student engagement; however, engagement increased when we added merits to the Game. For teachers using the standard Good Behavior Game, implementing the Game via ClassDojo significantly improved treatment integrity and outcomes. Treatment effects maintained throughout the entire school year for both classrooms that participated from September through May. Social validity measures from both teachers and students indicated strong preferences for ClassDojo and merits over the standard Good Behavior Game. Data from all classrooms strongly suggested the Good Behavior Game plus merits, implemented via ClassDojo, was the most effective and preferred intervention. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of Descriptive Praise and General Praise for Acquisition in Preschool-Age Children |
BERTILDE U KAMANA (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (The University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Delivering praise for correct responding is common practice in behavioral instructional programs (e.g., Gable & Shores, 1980; Goetz & Bear, 1973). Descriptive praise refers to praise in which the individuals behavior is explicitly identified (Polick, Carr, & Hanney, 2012), whereas general praise refers to the mere affirmation of correctness in an individuals responding (Brophy, 1981). Descriptive praise is often recommended over general praise with teaching both typically developing children (National Association for Education of Young Children [NEAYC], 2009) and children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD; Sandall, Hemmeter, Smith, & McLean, 2005). Therefore, we extended research by isolating the type of praise delivered in the context of acquisition of novel tacts in preschool-age children and comparing the effects of these different types of praise. Results showed that descriptive praise was somewhat more effective for several participants; however, for the majority of participants, similar rates of acquisition occurred across the two types of praise. In these latter cases, results suggest that mere exposure to the correct response may have influenced acquisition. Finally, we assessed child preference for the different types of praise; preliminary results suggest no different preference for the two types of praise. |
|
Evaluation of the Influence of Net Token Opportunity on the Efficacy of and Preference for Reinforcement and Response Cost in Token Economies |
ERICA JOWETT HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Amy M. Harper (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Results regarding the efficacy of and preference for differential reinforcement (DR) and response cost (RC) within token economies have been inconsistent (e.g., Brent & Routh, 1978; Donaldson et al., 2014; Tanol et al., 2010). Therefore, it is possible that certain variables may influence the efficacy of and preference for the two procedures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether varying the opportunity for net tokens influences the effectiveness of or preference for these procedures. Results showed that when the opportunity for net tokens was equal, DRA and RC were similarly effective for increasing on-task behavior for the majority of preschool-age participants, and preference was idiosyncratic. When the opportunity for net tokens was unequal, all participants engaged in similar increases in on-task behavior. However, when DRA resulted in more opportunity for net tokens, all participants preferred DRA; whereas, when RC resulted in the opportunity for net tokens, preferences were idiosyncratic. |
|
|
|
|
Refinement of Reinforcement Techniques in Organizational Behavior Management |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents two studies that examine aspects of reinforcement in Organizational Behavior Management. The first study investigates the effects of different payout percentages in lottery systems. The second study examines the effects of delayed reinforcer delivery on responding. Issues related to applied reinforcement systems for employees will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Lotteries, OBM, Reward Delay |
|
Further Effects of Lottery Odds on Responding: Experimental and Practical Applications |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology), Leigh Edgerton (Florida Institute of Tech), Emily Inzana (Florida Institute of Technology), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: Lotteries are a commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management. Although common, there are many permutations of lotteries used in the literature and they are often combined with other interventions. One key variable that may influence the effectiveness of lotteries are the odds that the lottery will pay out to those who earn entry. Experiment 1 in the current investigation extended literature concerning how thin the odds of winning could become while maintaining responding. Experiment 2 used the results from the analog setting of experiment 1 and applied the lowest effective percent chance of winning to an applied problem faced by a human service organization. |
|
Effects of Reward Delay on Staff Performance |
ADRIANA FOX (Florida Institute of Technology/Connecticut Center for Child Development), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: In the Organizational Behavior Management literature rewards are not always delivered immediately when they are earned. This study examined the effects of four common delays (no delay, 4 days, 7 days, 1 month) on employee responding. The implications of various delays will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Gateway Back Into the Community: Using ABA to Transition Institutionalized Individuals to Community-Based Care |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Rishi Chelminski, M.S. |
Chair: Rishi Chelminski (Services for the UnderServed) |
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Service for the UnderServed) |
JOSEPH O'KEEFE (Services for the UnderServed) |
JAYRESA SASS (Services for the UnderServed) |
Abstract: Starting with the Olmstead decision of 1999, and accelerated by the nationwide transition to Managed Care, mental health institutions across the country are shuttering. States are under increasing pressure to move individuals out of such institutions and into community-based settings. If an individual engages in severe challenging behavior, executing this transition can be prohibitively difficult and dangerous. In 2014, one New York City agency was awarded a federal grant to integrate advanced care coordination and ABA-based practices into adult residential services. The agency applied this grant to assist the state of New York in the closure of a large mental health institution. Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Registered Behavioral Technicians were tapped to support the work of a newly-assigned interdisciplinary clinical team. In many cases, results were immediate; Challenging behaviors that had persisted for decades under the mental institution's previous auspices were drastically reduced in both frequency and intensity. Over the course of the next 15 months, the individuals in this facility were gradually moved to community-based housing. The discussants will reflect on the strengths and pitfalls of this approach to transition, as well as the overall potential for generalizing these results to other treatment settings. |
Keyword(s): Adult Services, Care Coordination, Developmental Disabilities, Implementation |
|
|
|
|
Ontology From the Standpoint of Radical Behaviorism: Realism, Antirealism, and Pragmatism About Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: John C. Malone (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: As a philosophy of psychology, and particularly as a philosophy of mind, radical behaviorism is inescapably bound to analyze and provide answers to ontological and epistemological issues that originate as a result of the advancement of the science of behavior, or as a result of its debate with other philosophies of mind and of psychology and the questions that they raise either as attacks or counter-arguments to radical behaviorist views. Issues and questions about the nature of knowledge, about the extent and limitations of induction and deduction, about the ontology of behavioral events, and the treatment of unobservables, and about truth criteria, will continue to arise in radical behaviorism. This symposium will be devoted to the analysis and discussion of some of these topics, both to track the philosophical roots of these views to their antecedents in American pragmatism, and to explore what role, if any, can radical behaviorism play in illuminating the debate between scientific realism and relativism in the philosophy of science |
|
Ontology From the Standpoint of a Radical Behaviorist: Naturalizing Philosophy for Science |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Philosophical issues are sometimes viewed as playing a foundational role in the rule-governance of scientific practices such as assumptions, methodology, and explanation. Physics, chemistry, biology, and behavior analysis, however, began not with philosophy but with inductive exploration, measurement, and experimentation, expanding scope and power as the analysis progressed in often unpredictable ways. Traditional philosophical perspectives on ontology continue to arise in behavior analysis, either as incidental assumptions on theoretical issues or as programmatic work in attempts to incorporate or resolve formal ontological positions with radical behaviorism. This presentation argues that (i) ontology is a product of traditional mentalistic and representationalist perspectives in philosophy, and (ii) ontology serves no useful purpose for science, but it can be a source of confusion in scientific verbal behavior. Radical behaviorism has been shown to have strong roots in philosophical pragmatism and connections to phenomenology, both of which enable behavior analysis to dispense with contrived and insoluble verbal problems in philosophy in favor of a comprehensive functional analysis of the behavior of organisms. Further, it may be possible to apply the science of behavior to a functional analysis of ontological verbal behavior. |
|
Subjectivity and Objectivity: Some Problems for the Skinnerian Analysis of Privacy |
ALVARO A CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: The distinction between public and private events has played a central role in Skinners radical behaviorism. According to Skinner, private events occur within the skin and are accessible only to the individual in contact with them. Despite the considerable influence of Skinners conception of privacy in the behavioral community, not everyone accepts it. One issue in dispute is the assumption of privacy in principle: although everybody admits the existence of private behavioral phenomena, not everyone accepts a private world inaccessible to third parties forever. Another issue in dispute is the relevance of private events for a science of behavior. Even when accepting the privacy in principle assumption, some authors deem private phenomena of little or no relevance for a science of behavior. This presentation will examine a further issue in this debate: Mixing the subjective-objective (S-O) distinction with the public-private (Pu-Pr) distinction is a mistake. The Pu-Pr distinction describes the fact that it is possible to restrict the access of third parties to what a person does. In contrast, the S-O distinction describes a conception about knowledge, and is an instance of epistemological dualism. As previously stated, it is a conception. Nobody can deny the fact that behavioral phenomena occur somewhere in a private-public continuum, but not everybody has to admit the epistemological subjective-objective assumption. This paper will explore whether Skinner made this mistaken identification in his definition of private versus public events, and the implications of mixing the private-public distinction with the subjective-objective dichotomy, as this can shed light on the issues in discussion. Further, William James' notion of experience, as developed in his famous "Does 'Consciousness' Exist" will be offered as an exemplar of an alternative view that deals with privacy but eschews epistemological dualism. |
|
Overcoming the Philosophical Fallacy: Instrumentalism and Transactionalism to the Help of Radical Behaviorism |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Radical behaviorism as a philosophy of mind and psychology is a direct descendant of American pragmatic naturalism. Continuous debates in radical behaviorism suggest that we are still prey to what John Dewey called “the philosophical fallacy”: the assumption that our verbal constructs and concepts are ultimately real objects, a “metaphysics of nature.” This often unstated identification is at the root of conceptual debates regarding among others the nature of privacy, and the possibility, extent, and limitations of multi-level approaches to behavior. In this paper, I will argue first that these debates arise as a result of conflicting epistemologies and conflicting ontological assumptions. Further, I will defend the view that pragmatist views, like those proposed by Dewey and others, emphasizing the mutuality between organism and environment, the notion of behavior as transaction, and the consequent reconceptualization in our understanding of nature, and particularly of experience as action, point out at the urgency of analyzing metaphysical claims and their scope in radical behaviorist epistemology, and suggest alternatives to the conceptual stagnation and confusion originating from the philosophical fallacy. A return to the pragmatic naturalism roots of radical behaviorism as the former deals with issues of epistemology and ontology, I argue, is more in line with the tenets of modern behaviorism, and supports a more integrative view of behavior-as-mind than traditionally offered. |
|
|
|
|
A Functional-Cognitive Framework for Cooperation Between Functional and Cognitive Researchers and Practitioners |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D. |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC) |
JAN DE HOUWER (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Sean Hughes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
After receiving his PhD from the University of Leuven (Belgium) in 1997, Jan De Houwer was a Lecturer at the University of Southampton (UK) from 1998 to 2001. Since 2001, he works at Ghent University (Belgium) where he heads the Learning and Implicit Processes Laboratory. His research is related to the manner in which spontaneous (automatic) preferences are learned and can be measured. Regarding the learning of preferences, he focuses on the role of stimulus pairings (associative learning). With regard to the measurement of preferences, he developed new reaction time measures and examined the processes underlying various measures. Jan De Houwer (co-)authored more than 250 publications in international journals including Psychological Bulletin and Behavioral and Brain Sciences. He was co-editor of the journal Cognition and Emotion and is a member of the editorial board of several journals including Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, Psychological Bulletin, and Personality and Social Psychology Review. |
Abstract: Functional (e.g., Skinnerian) and cognitive approaches in psychology are often seen as competing and mutually exclusive. We argue that although both types of approaches have fundamentally different aims, they are situated at different levels of explanation and can therefore be mutually supportive. More specifically, whereas functional research on the environmental determinants of behavior can help constrain cognitive theories about the mental processes that mediate environment-behavior relations, cognitive research can highlight new empirical phenomena that could help functional researchers to refine behavioral principles and their conceptual or theoretical analyses. We then highlight two implications of our framework for psychotherapy and research on human cognition. First, the framework clarifies the relation between behavior therapy, cognitive behavior therapy, and acceptance and commitment therapy. Second, it sheds new light on the study of rule-governed behavior. |
Target Audience: Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand cognitive and functional psychology as fundamentally different but not mutually exclusive approaches in psychology; (2) understand the functional-cognitive framework for psychological research as a framework for interactions between cognitive and functional psychology; (3) identify potential benefits of a possible cooperation between cognitive and functional psychology. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Prompting and Error Correction Procedures |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, M.S. |
Abstract: Prompting and error correction are two essential components of teaching which can result in rapid behavior change. Despite the effectiveness of these procedures, there are numerous questions which remain to be addressed by researchers. These questions include what variables make error correction the most effective, how effective are various prompt types, and what is the most effective prompting systems. This symposium includes four different papers which examine several variables affecting the effectiveness of prompting and/or error correction. The first presentation explores parameters of error correction as it relates to learning. The second presentation discusses the comparison of two different prompting procedures to teach expressive labels to individuals diagnosed with ASD. The third presentation evaluated the effectiveness of positional prompts on increasing receptive labeling. The final presentation includes data from a randomized control trial comparing three different prompt systems for teaching expressive labels. Practical implications and future research will be discussed. The discussant will provide further considerations on how this research can be used in clinical settings and what is needed in future research. |
Keyword(s): error correction, multiple prompts, positional prompt |
|
Using an Abbreviated Assessment to Compare the Effectiveness of Different Error-Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition |
JENNIFER OWSIANY (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Previous research supports the use of a variety of error-correction procedures to facilitate skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. At present there is no quick and easy way for caregivers to determine which error-correction procedure is most effective for an individual learner. In the current study we used an abbreviated assessment to rapidly compare the effects of error-correction procedures on skill acquisition for three children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. First, we conducted an abbreviated assessment exposing participants to 36 to 60 trials of each error correction procedure. Next, we conducted validation assessments and compared the effectiveness of the different error-correction procedures. Finally, we assessed participants’ preference for the different error-correction procedures using a concurrent-chains assessment. Overall these findings suggest that an abbreviated assessment consisting of 36 to 60 trials may be a useful tool for identifying the most effective error-correction procedure for individual learners diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
Evaluation of Multiple Alternative Prompts During Tact Training |
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Prompting is an essential component of discrete trial teaching and can be used to help promote language development. Today, there are multiple prompt types teachers can use to promote language and can include full vocal prompts, partial vocal prompts, and written prompts. This study compared two methods of fading prompts while teaching expressive labels to three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first method involved use of an echoic prompt and prompt fading procedure. The second method involved providing multiple alternative answers and fading by increasing the difficulty of the discrimination. The results of an adapted alternating-treatments design indicated that both procedures were effective relative to a no-intervention control condition. The use of multiple alternatives did not increase error rates or teaching time compared to using an echoic prompt. Furthermore, all of the children responded more accurately during maintenance probes for labels taught using the multiple-alternative prompt. Both clinical implications and areas for future research will be discussed during the presentation. |
|
An Evaluation of Various Prompting Systems: A Randomized Control Trial |
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Prompting is an essential component of discrete trial teaching. Researchers have developed prompting systems which essentially act as rules for when a teacher should provide and/or fade a prompt. To date, there are multiple prompting systems which have been evaluated in empirical research and implemented within clinical practice. These prompting systems include: no-no prompting, simultaneous prompting, least to most prompting, most to least prompting, constant time delay, and flexible prompt fading. This study we compared the use of three prompting systems (i.e., most-to-least prompting, constant time delay, and flexible prompt fading) to teach expressive labels of cartoon characters for 30 individuals diagnosed with ASD. The researchers utilized a randomized control group design to evaluate the effectiveness and the efficiency of the three prompting procedures. The data will be discussed in terms of statistical significance of effectiveness and efficiency between the three prompting strategies. Additionally, single-subject data will also be presented to provide an analysis of individual performance. Both clinical implications and areas for future research will be discussed during the presentation. |
|
The Effectiveness of Positional Prompts for Teaching Receptive Labels to Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
KEVIN MILLER (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: There are multiple prompting methods with which a teacher can use to teach children diagnosed with autism to correctly label pictures. These can include, but are not limited to, full physical, partial physical, gestural, and reduction of the field prompts. Teachers can also utilize positional prompts to promote correct responding by placing the correct target closer to the learner. Positional prompts have been described by professionals in curriculum books and explored within various clinical studies. Despite the widespread use of positional prompts several professionals have recommended against their use citing the possibility of establishing faulty stimulus control. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of positional prompts to teach six children diagnosed with autism receptive labels (i.e., nine cartoon or comic book characters). The results of a multiple baseline across behaviors indicated that positional prompts were effective for some participants and ineffective for others. The potential variables responsible for the outcomes will be discussed when analyzing the data collected for each participant. Both practical implications and future areas of research will be described. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment of Problem Behavior Without Extinction |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four papers on the assesssment and treatment of problem behavior in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder without the use of extinction. The first presentation by Clelia Deltour describes the assessment and treatment of problem behavior during activity transitions using differential reinforcement of appropriate behavior without extinction. The second presentation by Zoe Newman will describe a comparison of positive and negative reinforcement of approrpiate requests in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from social situations, without extinction. The third presentation by Rebecca Schulman will describe an evaluation of the effects of within activity choices on escape-maintained problem behavior, without the use of extinction. The fourth paper by Chelsea Fleck will describe the treatment of meal refusal by manipulation of meal preference and modified protective equipment. Dr. SungWoo Kahng will serve as discussant. |
Keyword(s): Escape, Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior, Without Extinction |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Occurring During Activity Transitions |
CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (New England Center for Children), Stacy Cohen (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism often present with difficulties during transitions (Davis, 1987). It is therefore important to develop procedures for assessing and treating problem behavior during transitions. The purpose of the present study was to replicate McCord, Thomson, and Iwata (2001) by developing and conducting an assessment and intervention for the transition-related problem behavior of two participants with disabilities. Following some pre-assessment analyses, we conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior during transitions between activities. The results suggested that problem behavior occurred in transitions involving a worsening in activity preference, for example terminating a preferred or neutral activity and initiating a non-preferred activity. Finally, we examined the effectiveness of an intervention consisting of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction on the problem behavior occurring during the transitions identified as problematic. The results suggested that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction effectively decreased problem behavior in all targeted activity transitions. Future directions will be discussed. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) was collected for at least 30% of all trials and averaged over 90% for all scored responses. |
|
Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape From Social Interactions |
ZOE NEWMAN (University of Florida), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Some individuals diagnosed with autism and related disabilities engage in dangerous behavior when presented with social demands. We compared the efficacy and social validity of differential positive and negative reinforcement in the treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from social interactions. We conducted latency functional analyses of aggression in a 16-year-old male individual diagnosed with autism and Landau-Kleffner syndrome. The results of the initial analogue analysis were inconclusive, therefore we conducted a modified analysis that included a control and test for verbal attention and physical proximity. After determining aggression was maintained by social avoidance in the form of physical proximity, we compared the use of positive reinforcement (requests for food) and negative reinforcement (requests to be alone) using a reversal design. Results indicate both procedures were equally effective in reducing rates of problem behavior to zero without the use of extinction. Social validity was assessed through surveys of caregivers and the participant's preference, and caregivers were satisfied with the procedures and the results. Generalization of treatment effects was assessed by extending the procedures to caregivers using a multiple-baseline design, and effectiveness of treatment was replicated across all caregivers. Overall, subject was able to engage in appropriate social interactions in order to access functional and arbitrary reinforcers as an alternative to aggression. |
|
Effects of Within Activity Choice Interventions on Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
REBECCA SCHULMAN (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Historically, individuals with developmental disabilities have been given few opportunities to make choices in their daily lives across various contexts. However, research has shown that not only are individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) capable of making choices, but that choice-making interventions can be effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. To date, studies have evaluated the effects of across-activity choices (e.g., order of demands) on problem behavior and task engagement. Within activity choices (e.g., choice of materials, work location) has not been evaluated in isolation. The current study assessed the effects of providing within-activity choice for individuals who exhibited escape maintained problem behavior, with and without extinction. Results showed idiosyncratic effects of the within-activity choice across two participants in terms of rates of problem behavior, task engagement, and preference for the choice-making intervention. |
|
Treating Meal Refusal Related to Competing Protective Equipment |
CHELSEA R. FLECK (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism and related disabilities often engage in self-injurious behavior that can create tissue damage. Protective equipment is sometimes used to decrease the severity of tissue damage when self-injury occurs. However, wearing protective equipment may be incompatible with some forms of adaptive behavior, such as meal consumption. The purpose of this analysis was to identify a treatment for meal refusal in a child diagnosed with autism who wore protective gloves to prevent tissue damage from face pinching. A second participant, also diagnosed with autism, wore protective gloves and arm splints. Two treatments were evaluated: one involved manipulation of the reinforcing efficacy of the meal (HP Meal), and the other allowed continued access to protective equipment during meal presentation (Modified Equipment). Both treatments produced increases in meal consumption for the first participant, and an additional differential reinforcement manipulation (HP Meal + DRA) was necessary to produce increases in eating in the second participant. Interobserver agreement was collected for 37.7% of sessions with 100% agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Non-Vocal to Verbal: Improving Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Vincent Joseph Carbone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A typically developing 2 year old would be saying sentences with 2 to 4 words. A 4 year old would have a vocabulary of over 1000 words and be able to put together sentences of 4 or 5 words (Mannheim, 2015) . Significant proportions of children with autism do not acquire functional speech and remain non vocal even until age 9 or later. The studies in this symposium demosntrate effectiveness of specific behavioral technologies, namely sign mand training with prompts with and without delays and intraverbal training in inducing first instances of speech and in increasing vocal responding in children with autism. An additional study assessed tact-mand transfer in 7 early learners with autism, established this abstract relation in participants for whom it was initially absent, and concluded that functional independence (absence of tact-mand transfer) may often be a temporary aspect of an early learner's repertoire. |
Keyword(s): Inducing vocalization, Prompt Delay, sign-mand, Tact-mand transfer |
|
Inducing Vocalization in Non-Vocal Children With Autism |
SMITA AWASTHI (Queen's University Belfast), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: The current study spanning 5 years examines the effectiveness of sign mand training with vocal prompts and intraverbal training in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children on the autism spectrum. These technologies leverage the power of motivating operations. A total of 91 non-vocal children between the ages of 1.5 to 13 years participated in the study that uses several multiple baseline design sub-studies across subjects. The interventions were carried out in 6 centers across 4 cities in India. 81.6% of children below the age of 6 years became vocal and the success rate was 87% in children between 6-13 years. Vocals emerged as mands, echoics and intraverbals in 23%, 24% and 21% respectively of the 75 who acquired vocals. 64% of the children acquired their first vocal within 180 days. Both the technologies were effective in inducing first instances of speech in 82.4% of the participants. The time to vocalization and the stimulus conditions under which they emerged are explored. |
|
Increasing the Vocal Responding of Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Some reports estimate that approximately one-third to one-half of individuals with autism do not use speech functionally (National Research Council, 2001). The high incidence of non-vocal persons with autism has lead parents, educators, and clinicians to search for procedures that may facilitate the development of vocal responding and potentially lead to effective vocal verbal behavior repertoires. The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of manual sign mand training combined with time delay and vocal prompting procedures on the production of vocal responses in non-vocal children with developmental disabilities. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to verify the effectiveness of this intervention. All participants showed increases in vocal production following the implementation of the independent variables. |
|
Assessing and Establishing an Abstract Relation Between Tacts and Mands in Early Learners With Autism |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
Abstract: The present study replicated and extended Hall & Sundberg (1987) by first assessing tact-mand transfer in 7 early learners with autism (4 vocal, 3 signing plus vocal), ranging from 3.6-5.8 years of age. All participants met VB MAPP entry criteria of tacting at least 4 items and manding at least 4 visible, but 0 missing items via the interrupted chain procedure. For each participant, the study targeted 3 tact-mand response forms for each of 3 chains of behavior (9 total) and probed mands after all tacts were trained to criterion. If 0/9 untrained mands emerged, a participant was considered nave with respect to tact-mand transfer and received mand training on targets previously trained as tacts--a version of multiple exemplar instruction. After each mand was trained, remaining untrained mands were probed to assess the point of transfer. Results showed that untrained mands emerged after direct mand training on 4-5 targets with 2 participants, 1 target with 3 participants and 0 targets with 2 participants. Findings from participants requiring multiple exemplar instruction replicate those of Hall & Sundberg, and suggest that functional independence (absence of tact-mand transfer) is a temporary aspect of the learners repertoire rather than a static entity. |
|
Role of Intraverbal Training in Inducing First Instances of Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: A variety of technologies such as Echoic training, Shaping, Antecedent Rapid Motor Imitation sequence, Stimulus Stimulus Pairing (SSP) procedures and Mand training with and without time delay continue to be studied for their effectiveness in increasing vocalizations in children with autism. Intraverbal fill-in training with rhymes, fun and contextual fill-ins builds anticipation and excitement creating opportunities for vocals to be emitted under the control of specific verbal stimuli. In the current study spanning 5 years involving simultaneous administration of sign mand training with vocal prompts and intraverbal fill in training to children with no vocal-verbal repertoire, the latter was found valuable in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children with autism. Of the 91 children, each serving as a single subject, first instances of speech were induced successfully in 75 and of these, 51 had at least one vocal emerge during intraverbal training. 16 participants had vocals emerge predominantly under intraverbal fill- in training. Inter observer agreement was taken for every specific vocal acquired for every participant and was at 100% throughout the study. The role of motivating operations in intraverbal fill-in training and comparisons with vocals emerging as echoics and mands during implementation of intervention package are explored |
|
|
|
|
Translational Investigations With Individuals With Autism: Token Economies, Resurgence, and Response Variability |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present investigations that incorporated findings from basic research to design evaluations of clinical interventions with individuals with autism. Findings from basic research have recently begun to be recognized as valuable sources of information to researchers interested in applied problems. Procedures and results from basic research are interpreted in ways that further the conceptual understanding of behavior change. Using procedures from basic research may allow translational and applied researchers to determine how to increase the effectiveness of clinical interventions. The first investigation incorporates basic-research findings on token and tandem schedules of reinforcement to compare methods of increasing compliance and decreasing escape-maintained problem behavior. Two investigations in this symposium incorporate basic-research findings on resurgence to investigate methods to decrease the likelihood that problem behavior will recur following successful implementation of FCT. The fourth study incorporates basic research on lag schedules of reinforcement to increase the variability in vocal mands. The importance of translational research will be highlighted throughout. |
Keyword(s): FCT, Resurgence, Token Economies, Translational Research |
|
Comparison of Token and Tandem Reinforcement Schedules in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Mary Elizabeth Daniels (Missouri State University), Stephanie L. Aholt (Missouri State University), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Ginny Keenan (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Token economies are widely used, research-based interventions for the treatment of problem behavior (e.g., in increasing compliance). However, few studies have compared the effectiveness of token economies to other reinforcement-based procedures. Results from basic and translational investigations suggest that second-order schedules of reinforcement that deliver stimulus changes for the completion of each response requirement in the schedule (e.g., token delivery in token schedules) produce longer pre-ratio pauses and slower rates of responding in the initial schedule requirements or links than in corresponding second-order schedules that do NOT involve stimulus changes for the completion of each response requirement (e.g., tandem reinforcement schedules). It could therefore be the case that token economies are relatively less effective than single-schedule (i.e., "back-up" reinforcement only, without token delivery) reinforcement procedures. The purpose of this study was to compare token and tandem reinforcement schedules (identical with the exception of token delivery) in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior with two children with autism. A functional analysis was conducted that confirmed that both subjects emitted escape-maintained problem behavior. A multiple schedule was implemented to compare token and tandem schedules with respect to compliance, pre-ratio pausing, and problem behavior. Results thus far suggest that tokens are not superior in any measure. |
|
Increasing Communication Under Conditions in Which the Resurgence of Problem Behavior is Probable: Applications of Serial FCT |
SARAH SHAW (Vanderbilt), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Kate Chazin (Vanderbilt), Lillian Stiff (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Behavior Analysis Consulting Services), Danielle Bartlemay (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: During the maintenance stages of functional communication training (FCT), failure to reinforce mands could result in a resurgence of problem behavior. Recent translational work on arbitrary human responses suggests that incorporating multiple-mand instruction into a serial-training format may increase the probability of a recency effect, and a reversion of response resurgence (both desirable outcomes when mands are the most recently reinforced responses prior to extinction). However, when procedures were replicated with socially significant human behavior (i.e., problem behavior and mands), primacy was consistently observed and no manding resurged for one participant. In the current investigation, we modified the serial-FCT program and evaluated the probability of mand resurgence and response variability when functional reinforcement was temporarily unavailable. |
|
Further Evaluation of the Resurgence of Problem Behavior |
OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced, extinguished response. To date, little is known regarding the extent to which three members of a response class will resurge. The purpose of the current study was to examine the extent to which members of a response class will resurge under periods of extinction. Four school-aged children (M = 9, SD = 3.37) diagnosed with Intellectual Disabilities (including Autism), and extensive histories of problem behavior, participated in the study. Researchers utilized a linear strip design to evaluate the level of resurgence after systematically providing and withdrawing reinforcement for engagement in problem behavior or precursors to problem behavior and two topographically different, functionally equivalent responses (e.g., hand raising, signing, and/or handing a picture of the preferred item to the researcher). Resurgence of problem behavior and precursors to problem behavior were observed in all children during all extinction sessions. However, functionally equivalent communicative responses did not resurge during extinction. Results suggest that resurgence may occur for one (but not all) of the responses within the same response-class. |
|
Effects of a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement With Progressive Time Delay on Variability in Vocal Mand Topographies Emitted by Children With Autism |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Reinforcement of operant variability may have clinical utility in the treatment of repetitive and stereotyped behavior (RSB). For example, studies have shown lag schedules of reinforcement can replace RSB with variability in the verbal and play behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The need for additional work in this area is highlighted by recent advances in the behavior analytic conceptualization of RSB as a problem with invariance and calls from researchers in behavioral neuroscience for more translational studies of operant variability. This study is a translational extension of lag schedules to vocal mand training. A multiple baseline across behaviors with embedded reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effects of a procedure consisting of a combined lag schedule of reinforcement and progressive time delay on operant variability of otherwise repetitive vocal mand topographies of children with autism. Two participants have completed the study. The procedure replaced topographically repetitive patterns of vocal manding with topographically variant vocal manding. Some limitations of the current study and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Applications and Refinements of Functional Communication Training and Related Procedures in the Treatment of Problem Behaviors |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement procedures (e.g., functional communication training; FCT) and other related procedures (e.g., noncontingent reinforcement; NCR) are commonly used approaches in the treatment of problem behaviors. In this symposium, we will present a series of empirical investigations examining extensions and refinements of the effects of FCT and other related procedures in the treatment of problem behavior. The paper by Owen and colleagues extends the findings of DeRosa et al. by comparing limited versus extended EO exposures during FCT across one response topography (i.e., a card touch). The paper by Mead and colleagues evaluates the relative contributions of teaching a variety of appropriate requests on the development of problem behavior when shifting from a continuous to an intermittent schedule of reinforcement. Slocum et al., evaluate a signaled, reinforcer-thinning procedure during NCR to reduce severe problem behavior maintained by social-positive reinforcement. Finally, The paper by Kopleman et al., evaluates the effectiveness of parent-implemented FCT within a randomized clinical trial. The overall theme and implications of these for empirical studies will be discussed and summarized by Dr. Henry Roane. |
Keyword(s): Functional Communication, Noncontingent Reinforcement |
|
The Effects of Limited Versus Extended Establishing-Operation Exposure During Functional Communication Training |
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Andresa A. De Souza (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Treatments for problem behavior often include teaching an alternative response to access a functional reinforcer (i.e., functional communication training; FCT), while simultaneously withholding reinforcement for problem behavior (i.e., extinction; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Initially, the individual is immediately prompted to engage in the alternative response, thus limiting their exposure to the relevant establishing operation (EO) for problem behavior. DeRosa, Fisher, and Steege (2015) compared rates of problem behavior and the rate of acquisition of the functional communication response (FCR) when participants used either a vocal or card-based (e.g., exchange, touch) FCR. Use of the card-based FCR resulted in quicker acquisition of the response, less bursting in rates of problem behavior, as well as larger and more rapid reductions in problem behavior. DeRosa et al. proposed that these differences were likely the result of limited (card-based FCR) and extended (vocal FCR) exposure to the relevant EO for problem behavior. In the current study, we extended the findings of Derosa et al. by comparing limited versus extended EO exposure during FCT across one response topography (i.e., a card touch). Results suggest that limiting EO exposure can result in a larger and more rapid reductions in problem behavior during FCT. |
|
Effects of Appropriate Request Repertoire Size on the Development of Problem Behavior |
SARAH C. MEAD (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Leah Julia Koehler (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Decades of research have shown that one effective approach to the treatment of problem behavior consists of teaching a socially-appropriate request as a replacement behavior. However, the preventive effects of acquiring a repertoire of appropriate alternative responses have not been established. That is, would teaching a variety of appropriate requests for a reinforcer actually prevent the onset of problem behavior that otherwise might develop? We conducted a translational investigation to determine if teaching a larger repertoire of appropriate requests (mands) prior to shifting from a continuous to an intermittent schedule of reinforcement would prevent the development of problem behavior. Six preschool-aged children, all of whom were diagnosed with an intellectual or developmental disability or developmental delay, participated in the project. Results provide preliminary evidence that teaching a large variety of appropriate requests may serve as a preventive factor against the onset of problem behavior. Clinical implications of the findings will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating a Reinforcer-Thinning Procedure to Reduce Severe Problem Behavior Maintained by Social-Positive Reinforcement |
SARAH K. SLOCUM (Rollins College), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is a function-based treatment often used to reduce problem behavior. We evaluated a specific application of an NCR procedure which involved providing three subjects with continuous access to the functional reinforcer initially and slowly increasing the amount of time subjects experienced the unavailability of the reinforcer (i.e., extinction). Periods of extinction were signaled with a colored card, and a rule about the card was presented at the beginning of each session. This procedure relates to FCT because the signaled extinction period is analogous to those used in multiple-schedule FCT research. Results show immediate and substantial reductions in aggression for all three subjects. |
|
A Randomized Clinical Trial of Functional Communication Training |
Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a widely used approach in the treatment of problem behavior. The purpose of this federally funded project was to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT within a randomized clinical trial (RCT). 38 young children with autism who engaged in problem behavior participated. The children’s parents conducted the sessions within their homes with coaching provided by behavior analysts via telehealth. Following completion of a functional analysis, function-based FCT programs were implemented for all participants. Participants were assigned to one of two groups following the functional analysis. Participants assigned to the immediate group started FCT immediately following the baseline extinction sessions. Participants assigned to the delayed group (control group) were delayed from starting FCT for three months and completed baseline extinction sessions once per month during the wait period. Results showed that participants in both groups engaged in high levels of problem behavior before FCT (Time 1). Problem behavior was reduced substantially only after FCT had been implemented with participants in the immediate (Time 2) and delayed (Time 3) groups. Treatment results maintained for both groups during a 6-month follow-up visit (Time 4). This federally funded project provided the first RCT of FCT, and the results support the use of FCT to treat problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Current Status and Future Directions of Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension for Individuals With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (University of Massachusetts Medical School; Center on Innovations in Learning) |
CE Instructor: Julie L. Thompson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Intellectual Disabilities often require an explicit, systematic approach to reading in order to acquire literacy skills. Recently, a handful of studies have explored Headsprout@ Early Reading and Headsprout Reading comprehension to teach literacy skills to individuals with autism, developmental, and intellectual disabilities with promising results. The Headsprout programs are online behavior analytic programs that provide explicit, systematic reading instruction. The proposed session includes reports on four recent studies: (a) an investigation of Headsprout Reading Comprehension on answering comprehension questions by children with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities; (b) a study examining the effects of Headsprout Early Reading on early literacy skills of adult offenders with intellectual disability, (c) an investigation of contingent reinforcement and match-to-sample training on the fluency and independence of children with ASD using Headsprout Early Reading, and (d) a study exploring the use of contingent reinforcement plus physical prompting and prompt fading on progression through Headsprout Early Reading by children with ASD who were minimally vocal. Taken together, results of these four studies indicate that Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension demonstrate promise as an approach to teaching early literacy and comprehension to individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. |
Keyword(s): Autism, computer-assisted instruction, Headsprout, Intellectual Disability |
|
Evaluating the Use of Headsprout Reading Comprehension With Children With Mild to Moderate Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (University of Wales Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Olivia Kurzeja (Step by Step Academy), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Rina Cianfaglione (Positive Behaviour Solutions UK) |
Abstract: Headsprout Reading Comprehension (HRC) is an online program that teaches learners to answer reading comprehension questions in four categories: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, main idea (summative) comprehension, and derived meaning (vocabulary) comprehension. These skills are notoriously difficult for many children who present with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD). The present study evaluated and investigated the use of HRC with six children with IDD. The research used a single subject pre/post test design. A number of standardised tests were taken prior to and following HRC to assess the effects on the participants key reading repertoires, including reading comprehension and to assess possible links between improved reading comprehension and auditory comprehension. Results are discussed with reference to improved reading and auditory comprehension in this population and the practical strategies required to support children with IDD in order that they may benefit from the HRC program. |
|
Evaluating the Use of Headsprout Early Reading With Adult Offenders With Mild Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
DAVID O'SULLIVAN (n/a), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Headsprout Early Reading (HER) is an online program, developed for children, that teaches learners basic reading skills. Several studies have found HER to be effective with typically developing children and children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). The program has not yet been evaluated with an adult population. The present study evaluated the feasibility of using HER with two adult offenders with mild intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in a secure hospital. The research used a single subject pre/post test design with two standardised literacy tests completed at baseline prior to HER, one during, and one following HER to assess the effects on the participants reading skills. A measure of reading self-concept was also completed. An additional component to this research design was the inclusion of two treatment as usual control participants who were assessed at the same points but did not complete the program. Results are positive in terms of the feasibility of running the program and improved reading skills and self-concept scores for both treatment participants. Results are discussed in the context of the limitations with the current research design and challenges relating to the fidelity of implementation. |
|
Mediating Access to Headsprout Early Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
JOSHUA PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder require instructional programs that simultaneously address academic content, interfering behavior, and potential gaps in prerequisite skills for a given curriculum. This study examined the impact of an intervention package consisting of contingent reinforcement and match-to-sample training on the independent progression of 3 children with autism spectrum disorder through Headsprout Early Reading, a behavior analytic online reading program. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of the intervention package on participants' correct interactions per minute and total episodes completed. Transfer of training to oral reading of companion print books was also assessed. All participants demonstrated an increase in correct interactions per minute. Two participants learned to independently complete a Headsprout Early Reading episode each day and could orally read companion print books. The results suggest individualized behavior analytic programs can support the use of Headsprout Early Reading as a computer-based reading program for some children with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
Supporting Progression Through Headsprout Early Reading using Systematic Prompt Fading |
JULIE L. THOMPSON (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University), Joshua Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Recent research has indicated that children with autism spectrum disorder who are minimally vocal can independently access Headsprout Early Reading when provided with a token economy system for behavioral support. This study examined the effects of contingent reinforcement plus most-to-least physical prompting and prompt fading on progression through Headsprout by four elementary-aged children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of the intervention package on the cumulative number of segments completed. Performance on Woodcock Johnson early reading tests were also assessed as pre- and post-test measures. All participants demonstrated an increase in number of segments completed per session. One participate was able to progress through Headsprout with contingent reinforcement only. Three participants required prompting for correct answers and two of these three were able to correctly respond with minimal-to-no support by the end of the study. All participants demonstrated an increased performance on the Woodcock Johnson assessments. The results suggest that some children with ASD may benefit from physical prompting for correct answers during Headsprout Early Reading. The range of responses across all participants suggests that a multi-tiered approach to support progression through Headsprout may be needed. |
|
|
|
|
Further Exploration of Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Trial-based functional analysis has been shown to be a viable method of identifying operant function. The TBFA is particularly useful when time is limited or the intensity of the response precludes conducting a more traditional functional analysis. In this symposium we explore several research questions surrounding use of TBFA. Two papers extend TBFA to home settings for the first time. Both Gerow et al. and Standish et al. trained parents to implement the TBFA. Gerow et al. used behavioral skills training to teach parents to implement the TBFA and matched interventions to results of the TBFA. All parents implemented the assessment with fidelity and documented a functional relation between intervention implementation and child outcomes. More specifically, FCT-based interventions were used resulting in reductions in problem behavior and increases in alternative responses. Standish et al. also trained parents to implement the TBFA using behavioral skills training. Standish et al. explored effects of different variations of TBFA seen in the literature including (a) segment duration, (b) use of control segments, and (c) number of trials conducted. Some variability was found however, in general, results support briefer (60 s) segments, use of a post-control only, and using stability criterion to determine when the TBFA is complete. Next, Sellars et al. explored methods for training residential care providers in implementation of TBFA with a particular focus on maintenance over time. They successfully trained direct are staff to implement the TBFA and, for five of six participants, skills were maintained after training however only one participant went on to use the TBFA. XXX Finally, Dr. Jennifer Austin will serve as discussant for this study, exploring ramifications of each study separately and directions for TBFA--and functional analysis more generally--in the future. . |
Keyword(s): functional anlaysis, parent training, problem behavior, Trial-based |
|
Effects of A Performance Management Package on Sustained Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Adult Residential and Day Programs Following Training |
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Chrysalis), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Clinicians working with individuals with developmental disabilities frequently conduct functional analyses (FA) to determine the function of problem behavior and to facilitate the development of an intervention plan to reduce problem behavior. One version of FA methodology, the trial based functional analysis (TBFA), is a viable alternative to a traditional FA when resources are limited. Researchers have demonstrated that teachers and residential staff can be trained to effectively implement TBFAs. However, to date, no studies have looked at the maintenance of implementation following training, or if additional supports (e.g., added coaching/performance feedback, incentive systems) are needed to ensure sustained use of the skill. This study examined the effects of a post-workshop training performance management intervention package of goal setting with data reporting, coaching, and incentives on the implementation of trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) by behavior clinicians in adult residential and day settings. Five of the six participants demonstrated increased implementation of TBFAs only after the performance management intervention was introduced. One participant implemented TBFAs following the workshop training. |
|
Evaluation of Methodological Variables Affecting Outcomes of the Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Appalachian State University), Cecilia Smith (Appalachian State University), Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Prior studies suggest that trial-based functional analyses (TBFA) can be used to identify the function of problem behaviors for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. To date, there have been 16 published studies concerning TBFAs, however, across these studies there have been several variations in the procedures that appear to have been decided upon somewhat arbitrarily. For example, of the 16 studies, eight used a control segment after the test segment; five used a control segment prior to the test segment; one randomized the order of the test and control segments; and two studies used a control both before and after the test segment. Additionally, the number of trials conducted per test condition has varied between 3 and 20 trials. Despite the variation in the number of trials conducted, it appears as if researcher decided upon the number of trials to conduct prior to the TBFA, rather than using a stability criterion. The purpose of this study is to (a) examine patterns of responding in pre and post-control segments to determine if either or both are necessary and (b) evaluate response patterns within and across test conditions to determine if using stability criterion might be more appropriate to use when determining the number of trials to conduct. This study is also distinguished from prior studies in that primary caregivers will implement the TBFA in the homes of the children. Three children with developmental and intellectual disabilities participated in this study. At least one function was identified for two of the three participants. Of the two TBFAs in which a function was identified, both showed problem behavior occurring multiple times in the test and post-control segments; there was only one instance of problem behavior in the pre-control segments across all three participants.This suggests that there may have been carry-over effects occurring. For the two TBFAs in which a function was identified, a stable pattern of responding emerged prior to the termination of the TBFA, suggesting that a stability criterion could be a viable measure to use to decide when to terminate the TBFA. Finally, for both of the TBFAs in which a function was identified, a similar pattern of responding was found to occur when each segment was evaluated at 120-s and 60-s, suggesting that the segment could be conducted for only 60-s and capture the function of the problem behavior. |
|
Functional Analysis of Elopement in Naturalistic and Contrived Settings |
Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Mirari Elcoro (Armstrong State University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University) |
Abstract: Elopement is a high-risk behavior, as individuals who run away may encounter life-threatening situations (e.g., getting hit by a car). Prior functional analyses of elopement reported in the literature have been conducted in a variety of settings ranging from highly-controlled settings to naturalistic settings such as the classroom or playground. However, assessments conducted in these settings have not been compared within the same individual to determine if similar results are acquired across settings. We conducted trial-based functional analyses (FA) of the elopement of 2 children diagnosed with autism in both naturalistic (i.e., a classroom, playroom, and general unit of a day treatment clinic) and contrived (i.e., 2 adjoining session rooms) using a latency measure. Results were compared across settings. Additionally, results of the trial-based FA were compared with a subsequent FA that used a rate measure similar to Piazza and colleagues (1997). Correspondence among assessment methods, limitations of each assessment, and implications of the assessment results for treatment will be discussed. |
|
Parent-Implemented Trial-Based Functional Analysis Matched to Treatment With Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
STEPHANIE GEROW (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Lisa Rodriguez Sanchez (Texas A&M University), Emily Gregori` (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the efficacy of a parent-implemented trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) in accurately identifying the function of challenging behavior in the home setting. Three young boys with autism and their mothers participated in the study. The mothers implemented a TBFA with coaching from a behavior consultant. TBFA procedures were adapted from Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, Roscoe, and Carreau (2011) to increase contextual fit and to capture typical parent-child interactions within home settings. With coaching, all parents were able to implement the TBFA with high fidelity. TBFA results were matched to a functional communication training (FCT) intervention and evaluated using a multiple baseline design across parent-child dyads. Following parent training, parents accurately implemented FCT, child challenging behavior decreased, and childrens use of the alternative communication response increased. These results speak to the promise of parent-implemented TBFA in identifying social functions of challenging behavior. Implications for research and practice will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Client Preference Into Intervention Design: Using the Results of Preference Assessments to Inform Practice |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hannah Geiger (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preference assessments were initially designed to identify potential reinforcers for use in behavioral programming. However, as these procedures have become more refined, researchers have begun asking questions of more subtle aspects of interventions that can affect the efficacy and social validity of interventions with the consumers who experience them. The current symposium provides four examples that investigate the role of client preference for reinforcer gain vs. loss, reinforcer distribution vs. accumulation, and the relative ratio of work to reinforcement (i.e., unit price). These studies combine translational and applied research approaches to inform practice applications. |
Keyword(s): preference assessment |
|
Some Effects of Loss Aversion in Token Systems |
BARBARA J. DAVIS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County & Little Leaves Behavioral Services), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jessica Becraft (UMBC), Megan Lampson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Few studies have directly compared the differential effects of reinforcer gain and reinforcer loss in a token system. In general, results are mixed. The behavioral economic principle, loss aversion, may be a variable that contributes to the differential effectiveness of a token system. In the first of two experiments, we evaluated whether six preschool children exhibit loss aversion using a human operant preparation. In this arrangement, children made successive selections between two options that resulted in identical payout. In the second experiment, we examined the effects of token gain and loss systems on the task completion of five preschool children from Experiment 1 using symmetrical contingencies of gain and loss. To date, five of six preschoolers exhibited loss aversion in the initial experiment. For three of the five participants, the token loss contingencies produced higher levels of task completion and/or less variability relative to token gain contingencies. In addition, when given the choice between the token gain, token loss, and baseline contingencies, three of four participants preferred the token loss system. These initial results provide support for arranging token loss systems and are consistent with the behavioral economic principle of loss aversion. |
|
Student Preference for Positive or Negative Punishment During the Good Behavior Game |
KARA SAMAJ (Monongalia County Schools), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: We compared student preference for versions of the Good Behavior Game (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969), in which students either earned points following infractions (positive punishment) or lost points following infractions (negative punishment) in an alternative education setting with four students during academic instruction. In the Point-Earning condition, students were required to have two or fewer points to win the game. In the Point-Loss condition, the students were required to keep at least four of six available points to win the game. We defined an infraction as the student leaving his designated space during the course of the game. We started with a phase of brief forced exposures to each condition. After each student had experienced each condition at least once, the teacher asked each student which version of the game he preferred to play at the start of each instructional period, and then implemented the selected game for the remainder of the instructional period. The teacher recorded out of area and inappropriate language. Only one student showed a strong preference for a reinforcer arrangement. There was an increase in game wins for three out of the four students when the teacher provided students with choices. |
|
Assessing the Efficacy of and Child Preference for Massed and Distributed Work Conditions With a Child With Escape Maintained Problem Behavior |
HANNAH GEIGER (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Melissa Krabbe (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of compliance is a common treatment for children present with escape-maintained problem behavior. This treatment involves providing positive reinforcement following compliance with simple instructions. Although effective, practically this intervention is challenging in home and school settings when it is preferable for children to complete chains of responses (e.g., putting away all of their toys prior to consuming reinforcement rather than following each toy). However, engaging in multiple responses (which we will term massed work periods) results in increasing establishing operations for escape and greater delays to reinforcement relative to conditions that require a single response (which we term distributed work conditions), and thus could potentially result in greater problem behavior. In the current study, we exposed a child with escape-maintained aggression to both massed and distributed work conditions to assess the efficacy of both arrangements. We then assessed this childs preference for both arrangements using a concurrent-chains procedure. Massed and distributed work conditions both resulted in near zero levels of aggression, but the child demonstrated a robust preference for distributed work conditions. |
|
A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Self-Control: The Influence of Unit Price on Self-Control and Impulsive Choice Responding |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Upstate Medical University), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Three experiments were conducted to evaluate the influence of unit price on self-control and impulsive choice responding exhibited by individuals with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum disorder. In Experiment 1, unit price was altered via manipulations of reinforcement magnitude associated with the delayed option. In one condition, unit price favored the immediate option and in the second condition, unit price favored the delayed option. In Experiment 2, unit price was also altered via manipulations of reinforcement magnitude associated with the delayed option. In one condition, unit price favored the immediate option and in the second condition, unit price was equal for both options. In Experiment 3, reinforcement magnitude always favored one option, while unit price was manipulated via delay. In one condition, delay was held constant and in the second condition, the delayed option was associated with the larger reinforcement magnitude. Results of each Experiment demonstrated that self-control and impulsive choice responding was biased toward the more economical option. These results show that the application of behavioral economic principles in the form of unit price may provide a framework for the study and conceptualization of impulsivity and self-control choice responding. |
|
|
|
|
Examining the Effects of Medication on Behavioral Assessment and Treatment |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at a greater risk for having psychiatric conditions than their typically developing peers (Emerson, 2003). Furthermore, individuals with IDD who engage in severe problem behaviors (aggression, self-injury, etc.) are three times more likely be diagnosed with a psychiatric condition and provided medication as one aspect of clinical care than those who do not engage in severe problem behavior (Rojohn, Matson, Naglieric, and Mayville, 2004). The four studies presented here examined the effects and side effects of medication during the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Hardesty et al. and Valdovinos et al. both examined the effects and side effects of medication on severe problem behavior during assessment in two different populations and using two different methods (collected case series and prospective analogues). Similarly, Maley and Bourret and Retzlaff et al. both examined the effects of medication during treatment for different target behavior and using two different methods (collected case series and applied treatment). Results of these studies suggest several interesting findings that are directly applicable to clinical care and new prospects for future research. In addition, Dr. Chris Newland will lend his expertise in behavioral pharmacology by serving as discussant. |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Medication, Problem Behavior, Treatment |
|
The Impact of Medication on Functional Analyses Outcomes: Findings From 12 Inpatient Cases |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have demonstrated drug specific (i.e., risperidone) effects on FA outcomes (i.e., Crosland et al 2003; Zarcone et al 2004); however, no descriptive studies examined how medication modifications may impact the clarity (i.e., differentiation) or results (i.e., masked functions) of subsequent FAs. The purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which psychotropic medication changes altered FA outcomes on an inpatient unit. A review of electronic medical charts was conducted between the years 1995-2014. In total, 12 FA cases (out of 81total) had sufficient evidence (i.e., multiple FAs, detailed medication changes) for further review. Participants were aged 7 to 21 years and were diagnosed with IDD. In each case, 2-4 FAs were conducted. Attending psychiatrists directed medication changes with the guidance of the interdisciplinary team, and those who collected data for FAs remained blind to changes. To determine differentiation, criteria were established similarly to Hagopian et al. (1997), and a quotient score was generated. In half of the cases, alterations to medication (dosage and/or type) led to different conclusions, while the other half did not. In 10 of the 12 cases quotient scores were improved following medication changes. Implications for practicing clinicians will be offered. |
|
Using Functional Analysis to Evaluate the Adverse Side Effects of Psychotropic Medication on Challenging Behavior |
Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University), ELIZABETH SCHIEBER (University of Florida), Lisa Beard (Drake University), Meara McMahon (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are often prescribed and used in conjunction with behavioral interventions to reduce challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). Functional analyses (FAs) are conducted to determine the conditions under which challenging behaviors are likely to occur and subsequent impact that psychotropic medications may have on challenging behavior function. Under-assessed, however, is the impact psychotropic medication side effects have on challenging behavior. The presence of adverse side effects (ASEs) are difficult to identify given the communication impairments those with ID may often possess. The present study used FA methodology to assess the impact of psychotropic medication adverse side effects on challenging behavior of five individuals diagnosed with IDD. Conditions were selected for assessment based on individual’s initial medication regimen. FAs were conducted when a participant began the study and two weeks after a change in psychotropic medication regimen. Results indicated different rates of challenging behavior during ASE conditions across medication changes for all participants, higher rates implying a more severe experience of specific side effects. These data demonstrate that this method of evaluation may provide feedback for informative decisions about psychotropic medication regimens that could improve quality of life for individuals with ID. |
|
Telehealth Treatment of Sleep-Related Trichotillomania and Trichophagia Using Improved Sleep Hygiene and Melatonin |
BILLIE RETZLAFF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Katie Lichtblau (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Allie Bragdon (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: We used a telehealth model to treat one young girls sleep-related trichotillomania and trichophagia using a night-vision webcam placed in the girls bedroom. Data collectors recorded intervals with trichotillomania and trichophagia remotely from a university-based program using video footage of preceding nights, and the girls mother carried out all of the procedures in their home. We implemented a biobehavioral treatment package consisting of sleep-hygiene recommendations (e.g., a structured bedtime and wake time) in combination with the titrated use of melatonin, which decreased the girls trichotillomania and trichophagia and improved her sleep pattern, as depicted by both nightly and hourly analyses, and results maintained at a onemonth follow up. We discuss the use of behavior-analytic research strategies and tactics to evaluate treatments not commonly implemented by behavior analysts. |
|
The Effect of Psychotropic Medication on Severe Problem Behavior in Individuals With Autism |
AVA MALEY (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are often prescribed to individuals diagnosed with various mental illnesses. Physicians also prescribe psychotropic medication such as anti-psychotics, anti-depressants and psychostimulants to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to treat behavior problems. In this study, we sampled archival data on problem behavior for individuals previously or currently prescribed one or more psychotropic medications. Data were analyzed in terms of the probability of psychotropic medications of various categories producing decreases in problem behavior and the amount of change observed. In addition, dose response curves were plotted to examine dose-dependent effects. The findings are discussed in terms of implications for behavior analysts working with individuals who may be prescribed various forms of psychotropic medication. |
|
|
|
|
Infants and Children at Risk of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Procedures for Establishing Early Social Skills |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Katerina Monlux, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We have initiated a programmatic line of research to apply and adapt the existing procedures to treating very young children who are at risk for developing autism or other developmental problems. Infant engagement responses such as vocalizations, eye contact, joint attention, and social referencing are critical developmental milestones that serve as prerequisites for early communication and social skills (Pelaez, 2009). The purpose of this symposium is to identify the early behavioral indicators of at-risk infants and to report operant-learning procedures shown to be successful in establishing early social-learning repertoires. The first presentation analyzes previous research on behavioral procedures used to establish infant eye contact using a synchronized reinforcement procedure. The second presentation reviews existing research on procedures using adult vocal imitation and motherese speech for improving early infant vocalizations in young children. The third presentation examines the establishment of joint-attention and social referencing via the operant-learning paradigm in infants and toddlers with developmental deficits. The fourth presentation will apply the behavioral systems approach (Novak & Pelaez, 2004) to the development of autism. Early behavioral interactional deficits in the development of autism will be identified. In sum, ongoing programs of research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Systems, Eye Contact, Joint Attention, Social Referencing |
|
Using Synchronized Reinforcement Procedure to Increase Eye Contact in Infants at Risk of Developmental Disorders |
JACQUELINE MERY (California State University, Northridge), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Katerina Monlux (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Parents can successfully increase infant engagement behaviors such as eye contact and positive affect with young children at risk of developmental disorders. This reviews and discusses a synchronized reinforcement procedure, described by Pelaez and colleagues (1996), to strengthen infant eye contact. The procedure includes brief parental training where mothers are taught to contingently provide behaviors such as smiling, verbal praise, and rhythmic touch to reinforce infant eye contact in the natural environment. Establishing eye contact in young children may aid in the development of foundational skills required to build nonverbal and social communicative behaviors. The presentation stresses the importance of contingent mother and child interactions. |
|
Promoting Vocalizations in Infants and Toddlers Using Vocal Imitation and Motherese Speech |
HAYLEY NEIMY (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Katerina Monlux (California State University, Northridge), Jacqueline Mery (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Emission of vocalizations during infancy serves as the preverbal foundation towards the development of subsequent functional language skills in childhood (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). To help facilitate the acquisition of these engagement skills, research has found that contingent maternal vocal imitation and motherese speech can be used to increase the rate of infant vocalizations (Pelaez et al., 2011). This presentation reviews and analyzes previous literature on the use of both contingent and noncontingent vocal imitation and motherese speech on increasing the rate of infant vocalizations among at risk infants through a parent-training model. The procedure includes parent-training where caregivers are taught to vocally imitate the sounds of their infants or provide motherese speech in both a contingent and noncontingent reinforcement paradigm. Promoting pre-verbal vocalizations may help facilitate the development of subsequent verbal vocalizations among at risk infants, and potentially prevent the onset of language delays and disorders throughout later development. |
|
Establishing Joint Attention and Social Referencing via Operant Learning Paradigm |
KATERINA MONLUX (California State University, Northridge), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Jacqueline Mery (California State University, Northridge), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Nadya Ariano (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Lack of social engagement skills is one of the defining features and foundational deficits among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Common social skills deficits include joint attention and social referencing and these deficits may be rectified through specific behavioral techniques and brief parent-infant engagement training models. This presentation reviews and critiques previously published procedures for training of joint attention and social referencing modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) paradigm. Further, a model for expanding on their findings by evaluating the development of social referencing using maternal expressions in the natural environment is proposed. Targeting specific social skills in the natural environment could potentially prevent the development of later onset behavior and language disorders commonly associated with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
Resurgence and Relapse: From Bench to Bedside |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Resurgence refers to the recovery of responding during a disruptor to a previously effective differential reinforcement procedure. Although resurgence is known to be a relatively robust phenomenon, we do not yet know the factors that exacerbate or mitigate resurgence effects. In this symposium, the presenters will use data-based evaluations from laboratory studies with nonhuman subjects to clinical interventions for severe challenging behavior to explore the conditions under which resurgence occurs and variables that could be manipulated to affect resurgence. These variables include features of the response (like the effort necessary to emit the response) and of the reinforcement-schedule arrangement (alternation of contingencies, reinforcer magnitude, or response-independent reinforcement in place of traditional extinction). In all cases, resurgence occurs during the transition from differential reinforcement to extinction. However, the magnitude of the resurgence changes as a function of variables in the organism’s histories. Further understanding these variables may illuminate behavioral process and allow clinicians to design interventions that are more resistant to treatment disruptors. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, extinction, relapse, resurgence |
|
Alternative-Reinforcer Magnitude Effects on Response Suppression and Resurgence |
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) based treatments are commonly used approaches to suppressing problem behaviors. However, removal of alternative reinforcement following treatment often results in resurgence of problem behavior. The quantitative model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory proposed by Shahan and Sweeney (2011) predicts that larger magnitude alternative reinforcement should produce faster suppression of the target behavior but also greater resurgence following removal of treatment. To date, these novel predictions have not been directly tested. Thus, the present study assessed the effects of alternative reinforcer magnitude on response suppression and resurgence. Following baseline, rats responded for either a high- (5 pellets) or low- (1 pellet) magnitude alternative reinforcer during extinction of the target response. Resurgence was then assessed following removal of alternative reinforcers. High-magnitude alternative reinforcement was more effective in suppressing target responding compared to low-magnitude alternative reinforcement. Further, there was a greater increase in target responding following removal of high-magnitude alternative reinforcement but target responding did not increase following removal of low-magnitude alternative reinforcement. Thus, high-magnitude alternative reinforcement might produce more desirable effects than low-magnitude reinforcement during DRA-based treatment, but it may also produce behavior that is more susceptible to resurgence following treatment. |
|
Resurgence During Local Extinction Periods Following VI to FI Schedule Transitions |
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Christian Yensen (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Resurgence of a previously reinforced response occurs reliably following the introduction of conventional extinction of an alternatively reinforced response. Resurgence also may occur following local periods of extinction, such as those present within fixed-interval schedules. Four pigeons were trained to key peck under a VI 60-s schedule in the initial phase. Then an alternative reinforcement phase was implemented wherein responding was extinguished on the initial key and alternatively reinforced on an alternative key according to a VI 90-s schedule. During the resurgence phase, rather than conventional extinction, the VI 90-s condition was changed to an FI 90-s schedule. A resurgence effect occurredfor one subject. The FI value then was increased to 180 s, and resurgence occurred with three of the four subjects. Following these across-session resurgence assessments, a within-session resurgence procedure was used, wherein all three phases of the resurgence procedure occurred within individual sessions. The resurgence effect occurred with all subjects when the FI value was either 90 s or 180 s. The analysis of responding within each FI interreinforcer interval revealed that resurgence occurred during the post-reinforcement pause. |
|
Translational Research: Examining the Effects of Response Effort on Resurgence |
KIMBERLY M. WALTER (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Little is known about effects of response effort on behavioral resurgence. In this translational study we evaluated rate of responding following reinforcement and extinction of two different responses. Six typically developing adults received points on a VI 3 s schedule for touching moving targets (R1 and R2) on a computer screen. To create disparity in response effort we manipulated the speed and size of the targets. Each session consisted of three phases: Establishment of R1, Differential Reinforcement of an Alternative Response (DRA), and a test for Resurgence (EXT for R1 and R2). Rate of responding in the Resurgence test was compared across three conditions: (a) R1 and R2 were the same size and speed (equal difficulty), (b) R1 was a larger, slower-moving target (easy response) and R2 was a smaller, faster-moving target (difficult response), and (c) R1 was the difficult response and R2 was the easy response. The order of conditions b and c was balanced across participants. In 9 of 12 cases, there was greater resurgence when the easy response was established first than when the difficult response was established first. |
|
Reducing Resurgence Using Fixed-Time Reinforcement Schedules |
LUCIE ROMANO (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Gabrielle Mesches (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the extent to which using clinically acceptable fixed-time schedules of reinforcement would prevent resurgence of protesting displayed by four elementary-aged children. Two of the four participants experienced thinning of a fixed-ratio schedule during the alternative phase, and two of the four participants experienced a variable-ratio 3-s schedule. Reinforcement rates during the fixed-time phase were yoked to reinforcement rates experienced by each individual participant during the last three sessions of the preceding alternative phase. Levels of resurgence during the fixed-time phase were evaluated in comparison to levels of resurgence during an extinction probe. Resurgence occurred to a lesser extent during the fixed-time phase than during the extinction probe for all four participants. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Demand Curve Analyses to Evaluate Reinforcer Efficacy in Laboratory and Applied Contexts |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Matthew Novak (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are commonly used in basic research to assess reinforcer efficacy and are often evaluated within a behavioral economic context using demand curve analyses. Recent research has also demonstrated the value of using PR schedules in applied contexts, such as when evaluating preference with individuals with disabilities or identifying reinforcers for use in an organizational incentive system. This symposium includes both basic and applied researchers to explore novel applications of demand curve analyses with progressive reinforcement contingencies. The first paper (Jarmolowicz, Sofis, & Hale) evaluated the relative valuation of food rewards for nonhuman animal models of obesity in a laboratory setting. The second paper (Henley & DiGennaro Reed) compared the effects of different incentive magnitudes on work performance and assessed the predictive validity of a hypothetical work task in an online work environment. The remaining papers took place in clinical settings and included an evaluation of (1) the generality of preference assessment outcomes as response requirements increase (Castile & Bourret), and (2) shifts in reinforcer preference and efficacy following differential reinforcement of appropriate toy play (Wiggins et al.). |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand, Reinforcer Efficacy |
|
On the Valuation of Food in Animal Models of Obesity: Progressive and/or Increasing Schedule Analysis |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (University of Kansas), Luanne Hale (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Approximately two thirds of all US citizens are either obese of overweight. Because of the widespread comorbidity between overweight/ obesity and health conditions such as type 2 diabetes and heart disease, these high rates of obesity/overweight are a pressing societal concern. Although considerable progress has been made on elucidating various aspects of this condition, the precise gene by behavioral interactions that cause obesity remain unclear. The Obese Zucker rat is an animal model of obesity which resulted from a spontaneous mutation in the genes that encode for the processing of leptin. With the Obese Zucker rat being one of the earliest obesity models, considerable information is available regarding their physiological profile. Less, however, is known about these models’ behavioral profile. For example, although Obese Zucker rats discount delayed rewards at higher rates than controls, and have higher response rates than controls at some schedule values, a comprehensive profile of these models relative valuation of food rewards across a range of schedule parameters remains underdeveloped. The present study examined Obese Zucker and Lean Zucker rats responding across a range of progressive and/or increasing schedule arrangements. |
|
Effects of Incentive Magnitude on Work Performance and Predictive Validity of a Hypothetical Work Task |
AMY J. HENLEY (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral economics is an approach to understanding decision-making and behavior by integrating principles from behavioral science and microeconomics (Hursh, 1980). Recently, researchers have effectively applied behavioral economic demand curve analyses to employee behavior. This study sought to employ demand curve analyses to evaluate the effects of three incentive magnitudes on quantity and accuracy of work completion and the correspondence between observed performance and participant self-reports of projected work performance. Participants included 289 Amazon Mechanical Turk Workers who completed a work task assessed with a progressive ratio schedule. Participants were assigned to one of three incentive magnitudes ($0.05, $0.10, and $0.20) available in exchange for the completion of each ratio requirement. The work task required participants to slide a visual analog scale to match a target number. The results indicate demand was highest for the $0.05 incentive and lowest for the $0.20 incentive for actual and self-reported performance. Within each incentive magnitude, aggregate demand did not differ between actual and self-reported work performance. Accuracy on the work task was significantly higher in the $0.05 condition. Predictive validity of self-reported performance improved as the incentive magnitude increased. These results may inform the development of novel methods for identifying functional reinforcers in organizations. |
|
Using Demand Curves to Determine the Generality of Preference Assessment Outcomes |
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Choice behavior on a concurrent schedule is not only sensitive to the other available items, but the price, or the amount of work required to gain access to the item, matters. Research in the field of behavior economics has supported this assertion, demonstrating that work requirements on different fixed-ratio (FR) schedules may yield differences in reinforcing efficacy of the items assessed. As practitioners, this point may be of interest when thinking about what reinforcers to deliver during skill acquisition or behavior reduction programs. Since preference assessments are conducted at a low schedule value (i.e., FR1), there may be reason to believe that preference shifts may occur if an individual was offered the same choice between stimuli after completing an increasing amount of work. The purpose of the current study is to extend the results of the current literature assessing the generality of preference assessment outcomes and test to see if the results fit traditional demand curve analyses, by assessing preference for all stimuli from initial preference assessments at higher FR values. Interobserver agreement was collected for all five participants, for at least 33% of sessions, agreement ranged from 93-100% agreement. |
|
Evaluating Shifts in Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy of Leisure Items Following Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Toy Play |
MEGAN WIGGINS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Summer Gholston (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The identification of items that serve as reinforcers is essential to the success of any reinforcement-based intervention program. Thus, it is important to expand preferences to provide effective services for individuals with limited interest in activities. Several studies have shown respondent and operant conditioning procedures can be used to establish previously neutral or low preferred stimuli as conditioned reinforcers (Eason et al., 1982; Delgado et al., 2009; Greer et al., 1985; Hanley et al., 1999; Hanley et al., 2003; Miguel et al., 2002; Nuzzolo-Gomez et al., 2002; Smith et al., 1996; Sundberg et al., 1996; Tsai & Greer, 2006; Yoon & Bennett, 2000). However, less attention has been dedicated to evaluating the degree to which conditioned low preference leisure items/activities will serve as reinforcers, and the degree to which preference may be altered following conditioning procedures. The focus of this project was to evaluate if preference and/or reinforcing efficacy could be increased through conditioning procedures for individuals with limited interest in activities. Preference did not increase for 3/3 participants, and the results regarding reinforcer efficacy were mixed. Potential factors in producing these results are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Cross-Species Analysis of Social Reinforcement: Evaluation and Quantification of Social Reinforcers in Rats, Dogs, and Humans |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social reinforcement is a topic of enormous conceptual and applied significance. The basic mechanisms of social reinforcement are not well understood, however. The goal of this session is to bring together several lines of research designed to assess the efficacy of social reinforcement across a range of species and different reinforcer types. Feuerbacher & Wynne will discuss research aimed at measuring the reinforcing efficacy of human social interaction for dogs, including analyses of reinforcer duration. Pinkston and colleagues will describe research on social/sexual reinforcement with rats, as a baseline against which to measure the response weakening effects of antidepressant drugs. Call and colleagues will present data comparing the relative efficacy of social and non-social reinforcers in autistic and non-autistic children, putting a sharper quantitative point on general methods for assessing social deficits in autism. Hackenberg and colleagues will discuss research exploring the effects of social familiarity on preference for social reinforcement in rats. Together, the work illustrates some promising methods for assessing and quantifying the efficacy of social reinforcement across species, settings, and reinforcers a first step in a comparative analysis of social reinforcement. |
|
Longer Human Social Interaction Can Function as a Reinforcer for Some Dogs |
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Carroll College), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Whether human social interaction can function as a reinforcer for domestic dog behavior remains unclear, but is an important question for owners hoping to maintain desirable behavior in their dogs through social interaction. Previously, we demonstrated that brief human interaction did not function as an effective reinforcer for dog behavior. However, others suggested longer interaction might, although confounding contingencies prevented clear conclusions. Thus, we examined whether 30 s of social interaction would function as a reinforcer for dog behavior. We saw little effect and no difference compared to dogs that received 4 s of interaction. To investigate a transient response spike in some subjects, we provided some dogs 4 min of presession noncontingent interaction. This did not affect responding. Finally, we implemented a multielement design in which dogs alternated within and across days between abolishing operation (presession attention) and establishing operation (presession ignore) conditions. Half of the dogs showed a reinforcement effect of 30 s social interaction, although with little distinction between abolishing operation and establishing operation conditions. The other half showed no reinforcement effect. Our results suggest that for some dogs, longer social interaction can function as reinforcer for their behavior, but session spacing might be a critical variable. |
|
An Operant Paradigm for the Study of Antidepressant-Induced Sexual Dysfunction in Females |
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas), Lynda Uphouse (Texas Woman's University), Duane Baade (Texas Woman's University) |
Abstract: One of the most common side-effects of antidepressants is reduced motivation for and satisfaction from sexual activity, and this is especially true among women. The search for effective screens and treatments for antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunctions in the laboratory has been slow because current approaches have not reproduced the clinical findings; this likely stems from the fact current models have focused on sexual performance, not motivation to obtain sex. We report on a novel operant procedure for studying sexual motivation in rodents to assess dysfunction in sexual motivation. Ovariectomized Fischer 344 rats nose poked to raise a guillotine door, which allowed the female access to a compartment housing a sexually active male rat. Motivation to open the door and enter the male’s compartment was examined following hormone primes with 10 ug estradiol benzoate with or without 500 ug progesterone. Fluoxetine, a commonly prescribed antidepressant, was tested at 5, 10, and 15 mg/kg following hormone priming. Fluoxetine reliably reduced the number of nose pokes, delayed opening the door to the male’s compartment, and increased the latency to cross into the male’s compartment. The findings suggest the operant approach may provide a sensitive measure for screening antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunctions in females. |
|
Measuring the Reinforcer Efficacy of Social Interactions in Children With Autism and Related Disorders |
NATHAN CALL (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: There is growing support for the theory that disruptions in the degree to which social interactions are reinforcing may constitute a root cause of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This paper will present studies that have attempted to develop methods for quantifying the degree to which social interactions function as reinforcers for children with ASD. This will include the results of a study that used PR schedules to compare the relative reinforcing efficacy of social attention and leisure items in children with ASD (n=8), Williams Syndrome (WS; n=4), and typically developing peers (n=9). Participants in the ASD group exhibited higher breakpoints and Omax for leisure items than for attention, whereas children in the typically developing and WS groups exhibited the opposite pattern. Results will be discussed in terms of how these methods compare to other approaches to quantifying the reinforcing efficacy of social interactions in children with ASD. |
|
The Role of Familiarity in Preference for Social Reinforcement in Rats |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), Lauren Vanderhooft (Reed College), L. B. Miller (Reed College), Emma Schweitzer (Reed College), Shirin Porkar-Aghdam (Reed College), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College) |
Abstract: In a concurrent schedule procedure, female rats made repeated choices between two options, each of which opened into side compartments in a three-compartment apparatus. Responses on levers in the middle chamber opened guillotine doors separating the middle from the side compartments, permitting 45-s access to the side compartment adjacent to target lever. In baseline conditions, one side compartment contained a familiar female rat (the focal rats cagemate, with which it was housed outside the experiment), whereas the other side compartment was empty. In a second condition, the empty chamber was replaced with a new female rat, unfamiliar to the focal rat, thereby permitting a choice between a familiar and unfamiliar rat. This was followed by a return to baseline conditions, with choice between a familiar rat and an empty chamber. The focal rats showed a clear and consistent preference for the familiar rat over the empty chamber in baseline conditions, but reversed their preference in favor of the unfamiliar rat when pitted against a familiar rat. The methods show promise as an experimental paradigm for evaluating and quantifying preference between qualitatively different social reinforcers. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis and Use of Single-Case Designs in Applied Behavior Analysis Practice |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA |
Chair: D. Reed Bechtel (Bechtel Behavioral Services) |
|
Functional Analysis Celeration Chart and Challenging Behavior: Is There More to Know? |
Domain: Theory |
SAL RUIZ (The Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State) |
|
Abstract: Functional Analysis is an integral part of determining challenging behavior. Often regarded as the gold standard in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Offering a different perspective on graphical analysis may provide information that can be useful in determining functions. Examining level and bounce the Functional Analysis Celeration Chart (FACC) may be a reliable tool in determining the function of challenging behavior. The use of the FACC has the potential to provide in-depth analysis and quantify the challenging behavior in exciting ways. By recharting data on to the FACC a precise quantification of level presented in a non-sequential view provides potential clarity in undifferentiated FAs. By measuring variability (i.e. bounce) control can be demonstrated. Additionally, presenting data in a sequential view allows for a proportional display of data regardless of frequency, reducing some of the variability. Participants will learn how to use the FACC and a discussion on potential benefits will take place. |
|
Nonoverlap Analysis, Tau U, and Effect Size in Single Case Design Applications |
Domain: Applied Research |
D. REED BECHTEL (University of West Florida) |
|
Abstract: Evaluating behavioral change In Single Case Design involves a variety of components including level, trend, overlap and immediacy. While visual analysis has been the hallmark of ABA, will this method alone continue to serve the field in the future? Comparing Single Case Design versus statistical outcomes has always been a major point of distinction/departure for ABA versus other disciplines. Finding a method of assessment of effects for ABA interventions that both supports the interventionists visual analysis and that could be compared with other interventions has been an ongoing effort. One possible solution currently available is overlap analysis. The paper will present an introduction to various overlap analysis procedures, a brief conceptual basis for the use of the Tau U (Parker, Vannest, Davis, & Sauber, 2011) overlap statistic, three Single Case Design applications utilizing both visual analysis and demonstrating a number of issues related to evaluating the results of Single Case Designs with Tau U, and estimating effect size of Single Case Design's via the Tau U statistic. Possible implications for current practice will be discussed. |
|
Software for Graphing Time-Series Data |
Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Given the heavy emphasis on visual analysis of graphic data in our field and the use of computer-generated graphs for publication and clinical work, we conducted an exploratory review of graphing software applications. We used an Internet search to identify comprehensive graphing applications and summarized their key features and capabilities. We also surveyed editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) about their graphing software preferences, uses, and limitations. The majority of respondents reported using Excel, Prism, and SigmaPlot, but the majority of limitations were reported for Excel. The information provided may be useful to behavior analysts who are seeking or considering a change in graphing software. |
|
Using Single-Case Experiments to Support Evidence-Based Clinical Decisions: How Much Is Enough? |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
|
Abstract: For practicing behavior analysts, the use of single-case experimental designs (SCEDs) in the research literature raises an important question: How many single-case experiments are enough to have sufficient confidence that a specific behavioral intervention will be effective with an individual from a given population? Although standards have been proposed to address this question, current guidelines do not appear to be strongly grounded in theory or empirical research. The purpose of the presentation is to address this issue by presenting guidelines to facilitate evidence-based decisions by adopting a simple statistical approach to quantify the support for behavioral interventions that have been validated using SCEDs. Specifically, the presentation will focus on the use of success rates as a supplement to support evidence-based clinical decisions. The proposed methodology allows behavior analysts to aggregate the results from single-case experiments in order to estimate the probability that a given intervention will produce a successful outcome. As an illustrative example, the procedures will be applied to examine the support for the use of noncontingent matched stimulation to reduce engagement in vocal stereotypy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Considerations and limitations associated with this approach will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Research on Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Bailey Devine (Texas Christian University) |
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
CE Instructor: Bailey Devine, M.S. |
Abstract: Skinner (1938) wrote of his own work that It is a serious mistake to allow questions of ultimate application to influence the development of a systematic of a systematic science at an early stage (p.441). His analysis of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957) has generated much applied research, but relatively little basic research. This symposium reminds us of the value of asking and answering questions which may not have immediate applied relevance, because they provide information about uniformities in verbal behavior which lead to practical benefit. Topics include studies on the parity hypothesis, grammar and production of novel prepositional sentences, the effects of blocking verbal behavior on joint-controlled sequencing and a direct replication of Skinners verbal summator experiment. |
Keyword(s): grammar, verbal-mediation |
|
Examining the Parity Hypothesis With English-Speaking Undergraduate Students |
SAMANTHA BERGMANN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University Of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) hypothesized that ones vocal pattern is automatically reinforced if it is similar to the vocal patterns of preferred individuals which results in borrowing verbal behavior from the community (p. 164). Palmer (1996) describes this process as parity which occurs when a speaker, who is a competent listener, differentially reinforces his/her own vocal verbal behavior to conform to that of the verbal community. The current study replicates and extends stvik, Eikeseth, and Klintwall (2012) by examining if English-speaking undergraduate students would alter their vocal verbal behavior to conform to an experimenters model of tacts in the passive voice in the absence of socially-mediated reinforcement. Undergraduate students were assigned to either the control group, which was never exposed to modeling; the waiting quietly group, which replicated previous procedures; or the vocal imitation group, which extended previous procedures by including echoic tasks during the wait interval. Participants in the control group had consistent grammatical forms of tacts across phases and rarely engaged in vocal verbal behavior with passive voice, whereas the majority of participants assigned to the waiting quietly or vocal imitation groups showed increased use of passive voice following modeling. However, the degree of change differed across participants. Verbal behavior theoretical implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
The Production of Novel Prepositional Sentences Following Instruction on Autoclitic Frames |
JAMES R. MELLOR (Texas Christian University), Kiley Hiett (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the production of novel prepositional sentences. A multiple-baseline design was used to assess the effects of instruction on the productivity of novel sentence structures for typically developing 5 year old children. The instruction consisted of showing the participants a variety of cartoon pictures of commonly known animals, arranged so that each animal corresponded to a specific spatial relation with another animal (i.e., below). The participant was then taught to describe the pictures within a particular autoclitic frame (e.g., the X is next to the Y above the Z). There were three autoclitic frames targeted for instruction, with each frame containing prepositional phrases corresponding to the spatial relations of the cartoon animals. Preliminary data indicate that instruction for two of the target frames was sufficient to establish novel production of all three sentences. Implications for the instruction of generative sentence production are discussed. |
|
A Systematic Replication of B. F. Skinner's Verbal Summator |
SPENCER GAUERT (University of the Pacific), Stephen Pangburn (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The verbal summator was a device created by B. F. Skinner to assess verbal behavior. Skinner's original 1936 verbal summator study was an early attempt to study echoic (originally termed imitative) and intraverbal (originally termed summative) behavior. Extensions of the original study focused on the use of the summator as a diagnostic or assessment tool rather than using it to study the function of verbal behavior. No previous studies have directly replicated Skinner's original experiment. For the current study, researches recorded new samples resembling Skinner's original audio recordings using modern digital recording technology. These samples, like the originals used by Skinner, were arrangements of preverbal sounds that were played slightly distorted at a low volume. During the experimental sessions, we presented random selections of these audio recordings to 30 subjects and asked to report what they heard. The audio samples were repeatedly presented until the subject provided a word or phrase describing what they heard. The resulting data analysis was conducted as described by Skinner (1936). Implications of these results and directions for future research will be identified. Data will be presented on the number of samples, organized by the number of syllables. In addition, data will be presented on the similarity of the collected responses to real speech, as described in Skinner (1936), through the use of Zipf's law analysis. Finally, responses were collected and ranked according to their frequency of occurrence. |
|
The Effects of Blocking Verbal Behavior on Joint-Controlled Sequencing |
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Curtis Clough (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of vocal and motor blocking tasks on sequencing visual stimuli for 12 participants. In Experiment 1, we presented a vocal blocking task while asking participants to sequence pictures that they had learned to vocally tact. In Experiment 2, we presented vocal and motor blocking tasks while asking (vocally or via signs) participants to sequence pictures they had learned to tact vocally or through signs. In Experiment 3, we presented vocal blocking tasks while asking participants to sequence stimuli they learned to tact or that they could match without the need of any verbal behavior. All participants sequenced pictures after learning to tact them vocally or with signs. One of four participants required joint control training for stimuli taught via hand signs. Vocal blocking prevented accurate sequencing on both vocal and hand signed sequences, but not sequences established via matching. Combined results suggest vocal blocking procedures may serve to prevent verbal behavior that could be mediating non-verbal sequencing, and that joint control training may not be necessary for adults to perform the sequencing task. |
|
|
|
|
How ABA Can Help Sustain Lean/Six Sigma Improvements in Healthcare, Manufacturing, and Business |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Michael McCarthy (Sustain Lean Gains) |
|
How ABA Can Help Sustain Lean/Six Sigma Improvements in Healthcare, Manufacturing, and Business |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL MCCARTHY (www.SustainLeanGains.com) |
|
Abstract: When companies adopt Lean methods, they often conduct many "Rapid Improvement Events" also known as "Kaizen Events." Although many of these activities are conducted, and many process improvements are discovered, only a small percentage survive as standard operating procedure for the company operations. This means the time spent on these process improvement activities are "asted because the new methods are not used. The improvement gains are not sustained. In the analytical ABC model of Applied Behavior Analysis, these activities are "Antecedents," which last only a short time. In order to build these new methods into daily habits, Consequences are needed, specifically positive reinforcement. This presentation gives OBM practitioners and healthcare / company managers an ABA "preventive maintenance" methodology for sustaining gains called Process Behavior Maintenance (PBM). Participant learn about three skills for sustaining lean gains. These three skills can be added to their own Leader Standard Work (a concept in Lean / Toyota Production System) for maximum effectiveness. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preparing Individuals With Autism for Learning in Group Environments: Assessing Readiness for Staff Fading |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Smith (Melmark) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Croner, M.S.Ed. |
Abstract: Research suggests that individual instructional arrangements are highly effective with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who display challenging behavior, however the resources necessary to provide intensive staffing to all students are rare (Kamps & Walker, 1990). Not only is intensive staffing often unrealistic, some research indicates that individual instructional formats hinder generalization of skills, eliminate the potential for observational learning, and require far more instructional time than do group formats (Favell, Favell, & McGimsey, 1978; Keel & Gast, 1992; Koegel, Egel, & Dunlap, 1980). The ability to follow instructions delivered to a group is essential to successful integration in school, vocational, and community settings. This symposium will explore ways to assess the ability to acquire novel skills and maintain existing skill repertoires in individual instruction, dyad instruction, and small group instruction. Additional information about instructional efficiency and the rates of challenging behaviors in these instructional formats will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Group Instruction |
|
Getting to Group Instruction: Evaluating the Ability of Learners With Autism to Work in Small Groups |
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Catherine Judkins (Melmark New England), Katrina Grandelski (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Fading intensive staffing is essential to the promotion of independence and successful transitioning to less restrictive settings. However, concerns about behavioral regression and slower rate of acquisition coupled with limited guidelines on the assessment of instruction arrangements often result in long term provision of individual instruction. Therefore, an instructional protocol was designed to assess a learners academic and clinical performance in individual and group instruction. Variables assessed included the ability to learn new material, levels of engagement in independent activities, rates of challenging behavior, and maintenance of mastered targets in individualized and group instructional arrangements. Initial data collected using this protocol demonstrate that a learner continued to learn novel skills while maintaining previously mastered skills in small group instruction. Data also demonstrate that the learner engaged in low level problem behavior while engaging in adaptive skills such as functional communication, leisure and waiting skills. Follow-up data will be shared with a focus on the expansion of this protocol for larger periods of the instructional day. |
|
Group Instructional Strategies With Clients With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Jill E. McGrale Maher (Autism Intervention Specialists), KRISTI LOMBARDO (Autism Intervention Specialists), Britany Melton (Britany Melton), Ian Melton (Endicott College) |
Abstract: A series of studies exploring the impact of instructional ratio on learning will be described. The presentation will begin by reviewing various levels of staffing support provided to individuals with autism. The first study evaluated criteria to guide clinicians in moving students to group instructional formats. Targeted behaviors included stereotypy, engagement, active responding, and the presence of other challenging behaviors, and three different instructional content areas were evaluated. Criteria were set to guide clinicians in decisions to reduce the intensity of staffing along the various levels of support. Study two looked at skill acquisition in individual and dyad instruction, with an additional focus on observational learning opportunities. The final study looked at individual, dyad and triad instruction across learners, and evaluated how the size of the group affected rates of learning. The discussion will highlight individual differences in appropriateness for transitioning to group instruction, and will hypothesize about predictive variables. |
|
Differential Performance in Individual and Dyad Instructional Arrangements |
JENNIFER CRONER (Melmark), Samantha Smith (Melmark), Jessica Woods (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Melmark), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The ability of individuals with autism to learn in a group instructional format will promote independence and facilitate transition into settings with less intensive staffing. The purpose of this study was to compare acquisition and maintenance of verbal behavior targets in individual and dyad arrangements. The participants of this study were two young males diagnosed with autism, who attend an approved private school and reside at home with their parents/guardians. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the differences between individual and dyad instruction across several dependent variables. The dependent variables measured were cumulative targets mastered, out-of-seat behavior, and amount of time spent in instruction, on break, and waiting. Individual and group instruction were compared across three different verbal behavior operants: match to sample, motor imitation, and listener responding. Sessions were randomized across type of instruction and operant. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity were collected for at least 25% of sessions across treatments. Preliminary data suggest that performance is based on individual differences. Therefore, future directions for evaluating performance should focus on measures related to characteristics of the individual. |
|
|
|
|
Having a Gay Day: Distress and Psychological Flexibility Among LGBTQ Communities |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Benjamin Ramos (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The legalization of gay marriage throughout the United States combined with an increased degree of support for gay rights has made this an historic decade for the gender and sexual minority (GSM) community. However, GSM stigma and discrimination remain a significant problem across many different domains of living. How individuals respond to ongoing GSM discrimination and to efforts to decrease that discrimination may be, in part, attributable to certain psychological skills for experiencing unwanted cognitions and emotions. This symposium will explore the role of psychological flexibility in GSM stigma and discrimination. The first paper will explore the role of psychological flexibility in predicting LGBTQ stigma. The second paper will explore the role of psychological flexibility in predicting GSM individuals’ reactions to perceived LGBTQ stigma. The implications of both studies for promoting continued societal change will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): gender identity, psychological flexibility, sexual orientation, stigma |
|
Examining Psychological Flexibility and Willingness to Engage in Behaviors That Benefit Members of the LGBTQ Campus Community |
MAUREEN FLYNN (Metropolitan State University of Denver) |
Abstract: Although acceptance of gender and sexual minorities is increasing in the United States, individuals in the LGBTQ community continue to experience negative responses from society. LGBTQ individuals can internalize such negative responses, which can lead to psychological difficulties (e.g., Szymanski, Kashubeck-West, & Meyer, 2008; Meyer & Dean, 1998). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions, which are designed to increase psychological flexibility, have been shown to decrease stigmatizing attitudes towards substance abusers (Hayes et al., 2004) and people with mental illness (Masuda et al., 2007). Psychological flexibility is also related to attitudes towards other ethnicities (Levin, Luoma, Lillis, Hayes, & Vilardaga, 2014). To date, there aren’t any published studies examining psychological flexibility with LGBTQ-related stigmatizing thoughts. The aims of this study were to examine 1) the relationship between psychological flexibility and homophobia and transphobia and 2) whether psychological flexibility moderates the relationship between negative attitudes towards LGBTQ individuals and willingness to engage in behaviors that help the LGBT community among Hispanic college students. |
|
Stigma in Context: Perceived Discrimination, Psychological Distress, and Coping of Gender and Sexual Minorities |
ALYSON GIESEMANN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lauren Griffin (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Gender and sexual minorities experience stigma and discrimination in a number of domains, leaving them at an increased risk of psychological distress, mental health symptomatology, and risk-taking behaviors. Some GSM individuals are resilient, however, thriving even in the face of clear discrimination and subsequent distress. It may be that the impact of discrimination and distress depends on the psychological skills one applies. For example, both self-compassion and psychological flexibility have been shown to mitigate the impact of psychological stressors on well-being. The current study aimed to consider 1) the extent to which daily experiences of perceived discrimination lead to psychological distress and disruption of well-being in GSM individuals and 2) how psychological flexibility, self-compassion and other coping mechanisms might mitigate the impact of perceived discrimination on distress and well-being. Participants tracked their daily experiences of discrimination, their private reactions to those experiences, and functions of those reactions. Implications for interventions targeting discrimination-relevant distress and dysfunction will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
ABA: Addressing the Needs in Neurorehabilitation |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Michael P. Mozzoni, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni Associates LLC) |
DIXIE D. EASTRIDGE (Learning Services) |
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Mozzoni Associates LLC) |
Abstract: The Brain Injury Association of America has reported CDC estimates of 2.4 million Traumatic Brain Injuries (TBI) each year. Of those injuries 3-5% will result in chronic impairments of mood, function and cognition. ABA offers a significant addition to neurorehabilitation in terms of accountability, quantification and effectiveness. This panel will cover some of the more frequently encountered challenges and demonstrate the effectiveness of the behavioral approach within a multidisciplinary team. This panel will review effective treatment procedures and strategies that increase an individual's quality of life and reduce the burden for caregivers. The panelists will cover topics including: bowel and bladder training using an auditory cue vs. scheduled toileting, anger management utilizing massed practice of relaxation using cue card training, and timely intervention for adjustment problems including depression and anxiety that lead to improved participation and engagement in rehabilitation, which allow individuals to better accept their "new normal." |
Keyword(s): Anger-Management, Continence training, Neurorehabilitation, TBI |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Professional and Ethical Considerations for Disseminating Behavior Analysis and Current Research Through Social Media |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kristin Miller (Florida State University) |
TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
AMANDA N. KELLY (Keiki Educational Consultants) |
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC) |
Abstract: This talk focuses on the roles and responsibilities of behavior analysts in the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis and research through social media. The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts explicitly states that it is the responsibility of all behavior analysts to promote the field through all available mediums, which includes social media. Behavior analysts and those seeking certification currently use social networks--such as Facebook, Twitter, and Pinterest--to seek advice on degree programs in behavior analysis, dissemination, and clinical practice. While it is common for behavior analysts to seek the advice of those with more experience or different expertise when developing treatments, it is important to ensure that confidentiality breaches, among other ethical issues, do not occur. The behavior of this verbal community is discussed to ensure that no harm is done to clients or to the field of behavior analysis. Enforcement of the compliance code, as of January 2016, calls for a review of acceptable practices for dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis through social media. |
Keyword(s): dissemination, ethics, social media |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Avenues for Behavior Analysis With the Veteran Community |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Joshua Kinser (University of North Texas) |
ROBERT WRIGHT (Behavioral Education and Research Services, Inc.) |
KENT A. CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Abstract: There is a crisis facing veterans today. Suicide among veterans is a large problem facing our country. Veterans suffering from PTSD or other service-related disorders are in need of behavior-based therapies provided by behavior analysts trained in the principles of behavior analysis. This panel will discuss various avenues for behavior analysts interested in supporting the veteran community. Each panelist will provide a brief overview of the work they are doing with the veteran community. Then the chair will facilitate a question-and-answer session between the panelists and the audience. The first panelist, Dr. Robert E. Wright will discuss his work providing behavioral skills training to service professionals that work with veterans through his company Behavioral Educational and Resource Services Inc. Then, Dr. Kent Corso will discuss his work developing behavioral health programs for businesses, organizations and hospitals that provide services for veterans. Thirdly, Dr. Abigail Calkin will discuss her work and recent publication that provides insight into the struggles that accompany veterans and their families. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Services, Program Development, Suicide, Veteran |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Philosophy of Science and the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Lewis A. Bizo, Ph.D. |
Chair: Lewis A. Bizo (University of New England) |
Presenting Authors: : RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury), Brian Haig (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Single-subject methodology and Skinner's caution against inferential statistics based on group averages have been very influential with researchers in behavior analysis. Here we review recent developments in the philosophy of science and methodology, including the "new statistics," and consider their implications for the quantitative analysis of behavior. We describe an account of scientific methodology—the Abductive Theory of Method (ATOM; Haig, 2005)—which details how empirical phenomena are detected and contribute to theory construction via inference to the best explanation, and show how it is relevant for behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe and contrast important themes in the philosophy of science, including realism and empiricism, and how these relate to radical behaviorism; (2) describe the Abductive Theory of Method (ATOM) and how it relates to research and applied practice in the experimental analysis of behavior; (3) contrast current and historical conceptions of validity. |
|
RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury), Brian Haig (University of Canterbury) |
Randolph C. Grace is Professor of Psychology at the University of Canterbury (Christchurch, New Zealand). He received his PhD from the University of New Hampshire in 1995 and has published over 120 articles and book chapters in a variety of basic and applied research areas including choice behavior and decision making, behavioural economics, methodology, comparative cognition, conditioning and learning, clinical/forensic psychology, tobacco control and neuropsychology. He is past President of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and a Fellow of the American Psychological Association. |
Keyword(s): Science |
|
|
|
|
The Relation Between Academic Performance and Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D. |
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota) |
Jennifer McComas is Professor of Special Education at the University of Minnesota. Dr. McComas was a special education teacher for students, grades 7-12, with high-incidence disabilities in rural Iowa before completing her Ph.D. at the University of Iowa. She went on to complete her post-doctoral training at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia/University of Pennsylvania and taught in the Psychology Department at Queens College/the City University of New York before joining the faculty at the University of Minnesota in 1999. Professor McComas holds the Rodney S. Wallace Professorship for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning and is head of the teacher licensure program in Emotional Behavior Disorders at the University of Minnesota. In addition, she co-directs the Urban Indian Education Partnership between the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Schools, a partnership aimed at improving outcomes for American Indian Youth. Dr. McComas teaches undergraduate, masters, and doctorate-level courses in emotional/behavior disorders, principles of behavior, and functional analysis of challenging behavior in academic and community-based settings. Her recently launched telepresence lab is a means by which to reach families of individuals with intellectual and development disorders and severe behavior problems across a wide geographic area and to conduct related research. Dr. McComas conducts translational research pertaining to the influence of principles of behavior on challenging behavior and using those principles to affect meaningful changes in behavior. She has published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She is currently the Editor in Chief of the Journal of Behavioral Education, was an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and continues to serve on the editorial board of several journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Psychological Record. |
Abstract: Academic and behavior problems are highly co-morbid, yet little more is known about the relation between the two. Does one lead to the other? It is easy to imagine that as behavior problems persist and instructional time is lost to disciplinary procedures such as time-out and suspension, the lost instructional opportunities result in poor academic performance. However, it is also easy to imagine that as a young student's academic difficulties persist, school becomes increasingly aversive and socially reinforced behavior problems emerge. Effective interventions exist for both learning and behavior problems separately, but is it possible to implement intervention for one and achieve concomitant improvement in the other? If so, under what conditions is it possible to implement treatment that results in improvement in both academic performance and behavior? This presentation will begin with the question of the relation between learning and behavior problems and include data from several investigations of the influence of motivating operations, stimulus control, and reinforcement on academic performance and behavior. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss influence of reinforcement on challenging behavior during academic tasks; (2) discuss the influence of motivating operations on challenging behavior during academic tasks; (3) consider a variety of approaches to the assessment and treatment for students who display poor academic performance and challenging behavior in school. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Sustainable Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
MICHAEL KIM (Habit Design) |
Michael Kim is Founder and CEO of Habit Design, the leading platform for crowdsourcing sustainable behavior change. Over 500 companies and 100,000 people have used Habit Design's behavior-change training to create successful daily habits that last beyond 100 days. Clinically tested by licensed, published clinical psychologists, Habit Design transforms training into automatic, habitual routines. Built on evidence-based research from over 100 behavioral scientists, the simple, easy, and effective training includes three main components: coaching, practice teams, and rewards. |
Abstract: Programs prioritizing ?motivating Behavior Change? frequently fail to generate sustained engagement: over 80% of employees who attempt to create new, healthy behaviors still fail at continuing their training after just the first 30 days, and corporate lifestyle management programs return only $0.50 for every $1 invested (RAND, 2015). The CDC attributes 80% of chronic conditions to this inability to form successful wellbeing habits, resulting in almost $1 Trillion in lost productivity alone (CDC, 2009). The problem is not that people resist change, but they resist being changed. While health promotion can motivate employees to make episodic, temporary changes, when it comes to creating lasting results, learning the skill of creating new habits is what is vital for long-term Behavior Change. The reason: While motivation may get you started, habit keeps you going. Developed by licensed, clinical psychologists from Yale and the University of Washington, this session covers best practices in the design of sustainable Behavior Change systems that have led to the successful training of unconscious, daily habits, derived from more than eight years of clinical testing of evidence-based research from over 100 behavioral researchers. Habit Design has trained more than 500 companies and 100,000 employees - from UnitedHealthcare, Humana, Aetna, Kaiser Permanente, Stanford Medical School, Boeing, Google, The White House, and many others. |
Target Audience: Practitioners in the field. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) identify four key ingredients that must be present for creating successful behavior change; (2) differentiate and diagnose behavior change into fifteen distinct classes; (3) define three key strategies that successfully harness motivation for sustainable behavior change; (4) translate design principles and tactics to create winning recipes for training new habits, or "habit designs." |
|
|
|
|
Modifications and Refinements of Functional Analyses Targeting Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) technology developed by Iwata et al., 1982/1994 is considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Despite the success of this methodology it is important to continue to refine and develop this technology. This symposium will present recent research comparing single topography FAs to multiple topography FAs, correspondence between brief and extended FAs, and new methods to evaluate self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by both social and automatic functions. Findings will show that FAs that include multiple topographies are as effective when problem behavior is maintained by negative reinforcement and less effective when problem behavior is maintained by access to tangible items. Correspondence between brief FAs and extended FAs is lower than what has been previously reported in the literature. In addition SIB maintained by both social and automatic reinforcement can be successfully identified using sensory extension and typical FA contingencies. Taken together these results provide support for refinements and modifications of FA procedures to more effectively identify the function of problem behavior. |
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Functional Anlaysis, Problem Behavior |
|
Further Analysis of the Correspondence Between the Results of Functional Analyses and Brief Functional Analyses |
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation) |
Abstract: Past research comparing brief and lengthier functional analyses has generally shown high rates of correspondence. In 1995, Vollmer, Marcus, Ringdahl, and Roane, proposed an assessment model that progressed from brief functional analyses to lengthier functional analyses following undifferentiated results. This study sought to examine the proposed model by comparing the results of brief functional analyses and lengthier functional analyses conducted according to procedures from Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) with participants from a day treatment program for severe problem behavior. Results showed low correspondence between the brief and lengthy functional analyses across 22 comparisons indicating possible false positive or false negative results. Low correspondence may be due to the various differences between assessments or the particulars of the participants and behaviors included in the study. Past research has shown both assessments have demonstrated successful treatment development. Therefore, future research is necessary to evaluate correspondence between assessments in other settings and with other types of participants. |
|
A Comparison of the Utility of Multiple and Single Topography Functional Analysis Procedures |
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Heather Jennett (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: When a functional analysis (FA) is conducted on multiple topographies of behavior simultaneously, the function of certain behaviors may be confounded due to response class hierarchies or a lack of discrimination if the participant does not contact the programmed contingencies. For this study, we concurrently conducted multiple (consequences for all target behaviors) and single (consequences for a specific target behavior, one at a time, in a sequential fashion) topography FAs for 12 individuals with developmental disabilities and examined each method’s ability to identify behavioral function. Two observers simultaneously but independently scored behaviors during 50% of all FA sessions; IOA for target behaviors ranged from 71% to 100%. Both multiple and single topography FAs were equally effective for identifying escape maintained problem behaviors. However, single topography FAs were more likely to identify a function when results of a multiple topography FA were undifferentiated, and to identify a tangible function. Additionally, although only occurring in a small number of cases, multiple topography FAs were more likely to produce false positives regarding the functions of behaviors when these results were considered in aggregate. Attendees will gain guidance regarding factors to consider and when to utilize a multiple or single topography FA. |
|
Using a Test for Multiply Maintained Self-Injury to Guide Treatment Decisions |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Alex Shrewsbury (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: In interpreting results of a functional analysis, an automatic function may be determined either because problem behavior is elevated in the alone/ignore condition comparative to other conditions or because problem behavior is elevated and undifferentiated across multiple conditions. In the latter, it is difficult to determine if problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement alone or is multiply maintained. The current projects replicates and expands upon past research that evaluated social reinforcement conditions in a functional analysis after controlling for automatic reinforcement through sensory extinction. Specifically, we evaluate multiple social reinforcement conditions within each participant while the participant wore protective equipment to eliminate automatic reinforcement. Results suggest that self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement alone for one participant and both automatic reinforcement and physical attention for another participant. Outcomes are discussed in the context of implications and importance for treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Social Functioning for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium contains three presentations regarding improving social functioning for children with autism by teaching them important skills. The first paper involves teaching basic skills of understanding perspective taking. The second presentation is teaching the identification of false-belief tasks, which are commonly used by developmental/cognitive psychologist to test the ability of "theory of mind." The third presentation uses an evaluation form along with video modeling to train parents how to teach their children with autism. |
|
Basic Skills for Learning Perspective Taking in Children With Autism |
WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education), Gabrielle T. Lee (Michigan State University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education) |
Abstract: Previous research has reported that the inability of children with autism to discriminate between the reality and non-reality of events may contribute to their difficulties in understanding others perspectives. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to tact mental vs. physical state of verb. A seven year-old child with autism, who had advanced speaker and listener repertoires, participated in this study. A multiple probe across three behaviors design was used. Three target behaviors included (a) discrimination of physical and mental states of events (e.g., Tony takes a train in his hands. Kevin is thinking about the train. Who has the train?) (b) discrimination of reality and imagination (e.g., Mary locked the door. Tim wanted to lock the door. Who indeed lock the door?), and (c) discrimination of reality with and without evidence (e.g., John saw the candy on the table. Helen heard that the candy is on the table and believes the candy is on the table. Who can get the candy for sure?) Multiple exemplar teaching strategy with picture stimuli along with verbal instructions were used during training. Data showed that the rate of correct responses was increased after training. The skills were also generalized to novel scenarios. |
|
Teaching "Theory of Mind" Tasks to Children With Autism |
Yuen Tsai (National Changhua University of Education), Wenchu Sun (National Changhua University of Education), HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education) |
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty taking others' perspective--a developmental capacity commonly observed in typically developing children, termed the theory-of-mind (ToM). Teaching the children to tact other's belief is the fundamental skill in ToM. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to identify false-belief tasks. Two children, age 6-7 diagnosed with autism, who had advanced speaker repertoires, participated in this study. A combination of multiple probes across subjects and behaviors was used. Ten scenarios with pictures illustrating the stories were created as instruction materials. The teaching procedure included showing the scenario with drawn pictures, and asking questions regarding the belief of each person. Two target behaviors included:(a) tacting other's belief, (e.g., John is looking for his pencil box. Pencil box may be on the shelf or dining table. John thinks that it should be on the shelf. Where is John going to find his pencil box? Why?) (b) tacting other's false belief (e.g., John is looking for his pencil box that he left on the dinning table. Mary has put John's pencil box on the shelf. Where is John going to find his pencil box? Why?) Both children showed positive results for the acquisition and generalization of the tasks. |
|
Effects of Video Self-Monitoring Using Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy Scale on Accuracy and Fluency of Parent-Delivered Discrete Trial Training |
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Ok Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Da Yun Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Hyo Min Ahn (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), DongSoo Suh (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: The study was conducted in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) program of a public children's hospital in the Seoul city. Three mothers whose children were receiving the EIBI service participated in the study. A multiple baseline across participants design was used in the study. During the baseline, a behavioral skill training package was implemented in which lecture, written instruction, modeling, coaching, role-playing, and feedback were provided to the parent during DTT sessions. During the intervention phase, parents were required to watch their performance video scoring their own performance with TPRA forms. Percent of trials which were delivered without errors and rate of delivery of correct trials were measured using TPRA, and overall performance during DTT were evaluated using "Performance Checklist" throughout the study. The results showed that video self-monitoring using TPRA forms were effective in improving parents' performance during DTT with their children with ASD. The improved performance of parents during DTT was maintained during follow-up sessions. |
|
|
|
|
The Value of Values: Looking at Values Through a Behavioral Analytic Lens |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University) |
EMMIE HEBERT (University of Mississippi) |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Emerging research supports the psychological benefits of engaging in values-consistent patterns of behavior (e.g. Crocker, Niiya, & Mischkowski, 2008). In psychology, multiple definitions of values have been proposed. However, most of these definitions include terms that are not useful for scientific analysis and application. It is important to remember that behavior analysis "does not insist upon truth by agreement and can therefore consider events taking place in the private world within the skin" (Skinner, 1945). Given the occurrence of "values" in popular culture and in our scientific discussions, it seems appropriate to delineate a behavioral definition and discuss the potential benefits of examining interactions between the environment and values-consistent behavior(s). The aim of this panel is to discuss behavioral analytic definitions of values and the roles that values can play in behavior analysis in practice. Panelists will discuss the function of values in behavior analysis, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Relational Frame Theory (RFT). |
Keyword(s): ACT, behavioral terms, RFT, values |
|
|
|
|
EAB Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
1. A Systematic Review of Delay Discounting in an Animal Model of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Espen Borgå Johansen (Oslo & Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: The delay discounting paradigm involves choosing between a small, immediate reinforcer (SS) or larger, delayed reinforcer (LL). Children with ADHD tend to choose the SS reinforcer more often than controls, which is interpreted as impulsivity. Studies on an animal model of ADHD, the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR), show the same pattern, with SHR preferring the SS reinforcer. However, it is not entirely clear why this pattern exists. It has been proposed that ADHD children tend to be delay averse, i.e. that the time between response and reinforcer is something they opt to avoid. An alternative hypothesis is that ADHD children struggle to see the long-term utility of their choices. We reviewed data from eight SHR studies on delay discounting and investigated which hypothesis was the best predictor of LL preference. Results found that SHRs and controls do not differ in overall performance on the delay discounting task, regardless of whether the dependent variable is delay between response and reinforcer, magnitude of the reinforcer, or utility of the large reinforcer. However, if utility is held constant while the response-reinforcer delay is manipulated, SHRs show a steeper discounting curve than controls. The evidence suggests the possibility that SHRs may be delay averse. |
|
|
2. The Effects of Mortality Salience on Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Jonathan DuFresne (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas, Little Rock) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: The present study attempted to replicate and expand on research demonstrating a relation between mortality salience and delay discounting which may be moderated by life history factors. Forty college students responded to open ended writing prompts intended to either induce mortality salience (MS group) or an aversive emotion not related to death (CTR group). After an imposed wait time, participants then completed a series of delay discounting questions that asked them to choose between hypothetical monetary rewards (i.e., the Kirby Questionnaire). Results from the MS group provided partial support for previous findings suggesting that students who come from more affluent backgrounds exhibit patterns of delay discounting which are less impulsive after the MS prompt (N = 20, r = -.432, p = .057). An exploratory analysis suggested that at least one additional variable, GPA, may contribute to the effect that mortality salience has on delay discounting (βGPA.= -.475, p = .022; βSES.= -.428, p = .030, F = 5.976, p = .011, R2adj = .383) In terms of life history theory, the present results are consistent with the possibility that when access to resources is high, and contingent on achievement, current threats are less likely to lead towards impulsive behavior. |
|
|
3. Brief Delay Discounting Measures in Rats: Can We Attain a Valid k-Value in a Week? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALLYSON RAE SALZER (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Margaret Murphy (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Alexandra Tredway (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting describes how the value of an outcome is affected by how quickly it is delivered. How rapidly reinforcers are discounted differs across species as well as individuals, and this phenomenon has been widely studied over the past 30 years using a variety of procedural assays. Despite methodological differences, many methods of assessing discounting have impressive internal reliability and external validity. The current study assesses the validity of several abbreviated measures to examine how quickly discounting rates can be determined. In a counterbalanced order, rats experienced several discounting procedures. These included an adjusting delay procedure, in which amounts to a larger reward were manipulated across conditions, and several increasing delay procedures, in which the delay to the larger reward was manipulated either across days or within trial blocks in a session. Post-hoc analyses examined validity across measures and also whether reliable results could be attained in time spans as short as one week. Ideally, such results can lend confidence in using abbreviated discounting assays when examining potential correlates with other time-sensitive variables in behavioral, pharmacological, or aging research. |
|
|
4. Standing in the Other Person's Shoes Hurts Your Feats: The Self-Others Discrepancy in Probability and Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Piotr Zielonka (Warsaw University of Life Sciences (SGGW)) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: It is often a good strategy to "stand in the other person's shoes" to see a situation from a different perspective. People frequently attempt to infer what someone else would recommend when no advisor is available to help with a decision. The aim of our study was to determine if we can change participant's intertemporal and risky decisions by asking them to take the perspective of a peer, an expert or an entrepreneur. To test whether we can change participant's choices we have measured the behavior of 227 participants in Study 1 and 186 participants in Study 2. In out studies University students made choices using computerized multiple staircase discounting task. In a series of two experiments, we found that taking the peer's perspective made participants behave more impulsively and more risk aversely in relation to the participants' own perspectives. Taking the peer's perspective made participants behave more impulsively and more risk aversely in relation to an expert's or entrepreneur's perspective. Taking an expert's or an entrepreneur's perspective did not change participants' own intertemporal and risky decisions. |
|
|
5. Delay Discounting of Information Accounts for Pigeons’ Suboptimal Choice Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RYAN MCDOUGLE (California State University, Chico), Daniel Worthen (California State University, Chico) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: When a stimulus is followed by discriminative stimuli signaling whether food will follow and another stimulus is followed by nondiscriminative stimuli, pigeons prefer the stimulus followed by discriminative stimuli even when that stimulus leads to a lower overall probability of food (e.g., 20% vs. 50%). The determinants of this suboptimal choice behavior are unknown. One possibility is that pigeons peck less on discriminative trials resulting in a more favorable peck-to-reinforcer ratio. Another possibility is that nondiscriminative trials are steeply discounted due to delayed information regarding reinforcement. Those hypotheses were tested by manipulating the duration of discriminative and nondiscriminative stimuli and independently manipulating the timing of information by either using chamber blackout to signal reinforcement on nondiscriminative trials or not, while holding the timing of food delivery constant throughout. Preference for the suboptimal choice was apparent when the delay to information was 8s on nondiscriminative trials but that preference was significantly weaker when the delay to information was 2s, even though the peck-to-reinforcer ratio was not affected by that manipulation. Results indicate that information itself is reinforcing and suboptimal choice in this task reflects delay discounting of the greater probability of food due to the relative timing of information. |
|
|
6. Mental Accounting and Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: To date research on temporal discounting has focused on choices between two positive outcomes of the same type, which are simplified choices rarely found in day-to-day life. The experiments reported here were designed to assess discounting of complex outcomes (e.g., outcomes that have more than one result). Mental accounting describes a process by which individuals evaluate complex outcomes. Experiment 1 was designed to understand how people choose between delayed outcomes in an opposing context (e.g., delayed gains in the context of an overall monetary loss). Experiment 2 was designed to understand how people choose between complex delayed outcomes of gains and losses of equal magnitude. Experiment 3 was designed to understand how people make choices about a complex outcome of $100 delivered after a delay and an additional $1000 delivered at a second independent delay. Experiment 4 was designed to understand how people make choices about a complex outcome of a gain of $100 delivered after a delay and a loss of $100 delivered at a second independent delay. Interpretations of the results of each experiment are conducted from a traditional behavior analytic explanation of delay discounting as well as from a mental accounting perspective. |
|
|
7. Timing and Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Charles Frye (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: In the present experiment, we examined the potential relation between timing and delay discounting in rats. Twelve rats were trained on a timing procedure, followed by a delay-discounting procedure. Each session of the timing task consisted of 60 trials. For the first 25 s of the trial, one lever was active and responding was reinforced on a VI 30-s schedule. For the second 25 s, a second lever was active and responding was reinforced on a VI 30-s schedule. Each session of the delay-discounting task consisted of 40 trials, 5 blocks of 8 trials each. One lever resulted in a smaller-sooner reward (1 pellet delivered immediately) and the other lever resulted in a larger-later reward (3 pellets delivered after a delay). The delay increased with each block (0 s, 10 s, 20 s, 40 s, 60 s). Correlations between performances on each task revealed no relation between these indices of timing and delay discounting. |
|
|
8. Delay Discounting and Texting While Driving in College Students: A Behavioral Economic Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Penn State Hazleton), Kimberly Miller (Penn State Hazleton), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine a relation between delay discounting and texting while driving from a behavioral economic perspective. A sample of 64 college students completed a survey to assess how frequently they send and read text messages while driving. Based on this information, groups of students who frequently text while driving and students who infrequently text while driving were identified. The groups were compared on the extent to which they discounted a putative social reinforcer obtained through exchanging text messages. In a novel discounting task using a hypothetical scenario in which students receive a text message while driving, they rated their likelihood of replying to a text message immediately versus waiting to reply for a certain period of time from 30 s to 6 h. The results show that the rate at which the likelihood to wait decreased as a function of delay was greater for students who frequently text while driving than students who infrequently text while driving. The results also show that the decrease in the likelihood to wait is well described by a hyperbolic delay-discounting function, which has descriptive and predictive utility in understanding texting while driving and other impulsive behaviors. |
|
|
9. Measuring Impulsivity and its Relations to Binge-Eating and Obesity in Wistar Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMANDA MICHELLE CANO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Impulsivity predicts obesity and binge-eating disorder (Thamotharan, Lange, Zale, Huffhines, & Fields, 2013; Pearson, Zapolski, & Smith, 2015); however, not everyone with binge-eating disorder is overweight, and many overweight individuals do not meet the criteria for binge-eating disorder. Obesity and binge-eating have also been demonstrated to occur independently in a rat model (Boggiano, Artiga, Pritchette, Chandler-Laney, & Eldridge, 2007). In the current experiment, 10 male Wistar rats completed three conditions in counterbalanced order: (1) binge-eating measured by consumption of intermittently available Double Stuf Oreo cookies, (2) diet-induced obesity proneness measured by weight gain when provided with a sweet high-fat diet ad libitum for 2 consecutive weeks, as well as (3) impulsivity assessed with a delay discounting task. Findings indicate that impulsivity predicted binge-eating but not diet-induced obesity, and that binge-eating and proneness to diet-induced obesity were unrelated to each other. Binge-eating disorder and obesity are serious, unresolved societal issues; a more complete understanding of the psychological, physiological, and behavioral components of these conditions is needed in order to develop more effective and targeted treatments. |
|
|
10. Can It Wait? Effects of Delayed Reinforcement and Social Variables on Cell-Phone Distracted Driving |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PATRICK S. JOHNSON (California State University, Chico), Brittany Ingersoll (California State University, Chico), Michael Frietas (California State University, Chico) |
Discussant: Len Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Despite media campaigns aimed at reducing cell phone use while driving, 14% of all fatal distraction-affected crashes in 2013 involved the use of a cell phone (NHTSA, 2015). One reason why individuals may use a cell phone while driving is because they are unable to delay gratification when faced with an immediate reward, an interpretation consistent with the concept of delay discounting. The present study is applying a discounting framework to examine the effects of delay to reinforcement and social variables on college students’ hypothetical choices to use a cell phone while driving. In addition to manipulating the time until one reaches one’s destination, we are manipulating the relationship of the person attempting to contact the driver (#1 vs. #50 social contact), and whether the driver is alone at the time (alone vs. with passengers). Although recruitment is ongoing, data collected thus far show lower self-reported likelihoods of waiting to respond as a function of time until one’s arrival at one’s destination, especially if the driver is alone and were to receive a phone call from their #1 social contact. Our translational findings will likely inform interventions aimed at mitigating excessive delay discounting in vulnerable driver populations (e.g., college students). |
|
|
11. Relationships Between Delay and Social Discounting and Body Mass Index in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAUL ROMANOWICH (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Wainwright (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Previous research showed that delay discounting is a unique predictor of obesity in young adults, as measured by body-mass index (BMI). Outside of impulsivity, eating and overeating occurs in a social setting spanning close friends and relatives, along with a larger cultural context. Social discounting is a measure that is related to impulsivity, but also uniquely measures aspects of sharing as a function of social proximity. A total of 804 college students completed both demographic and discounting measures across two online studies. Table 1 shows the Pearsons r correlation coefficients for the relationships between measures. Unlike previous research, neither study showed a relationship between delay discounting and BMI. Likewise, there was no direct relationship between social discounting and BMI. However, consistent with previous research, there were significant relationships between delay and social discounting, and age and BMI. In addition, BMI was sensitive to self-reported exercise patterns, suggesting that BMI was a valid predictor of obesity in the current study. We discuss why there may have been discrepancies between our results and those that had previously shown a relationship between BMI and discounting measures. |
|
|
12. Initial Investigation Into Discounting and Decision-Making in Poker |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The gambling literature suggests a relation between how one answers discounting questions (assessments of risk and impulsivity) and the degree one is identified as having problems with gambling. One area of skilled gambling, poker, may defy conventional wisdom in that poker players may be potentially identified as being problem gamblers, given their commitment and investment to the activity, even though their actions may be risk-averse and non-impulsive. This study seeks to start a series of investigations into the relation between poker players' discounting assessments and measures with respect to problem gambling as a function of their level of expertise. This will be accomplished through several measures and poker scenarios delivered in an online format, and measures of delay and probability discounting. The discounting questions cover a variety of topics, and the poker scenarios a variety of in-game situations. In this initial study a relationship between answering the poker questions correctly and discounting is suggested. |
|
|
14. Shaping of High-Cost High-Reward Choices by Gradual Changes in Response Requirement and Reward Amount |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHITOSE BABA (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: We has been studying on the relation between response cost and reward amount in a self-control task. Tajima (2007, 2014) reported the need for the schedule thinning procedure to increase high-cost high-reward choices over low-cost low-reward choices. But in our last experiments, all participants continued to choose high-cost high-reward alternative from the beginning (Baba & Mochizuki, 2015). In this experiment we removed the forced choice trials to equalize the procedure to Tajima's experiment, and tried to replicate Tajima's results. University students experienced five sessions of concurrent-chains procedure. The concurrent-chains has two alternatives and they were different in fixed-ratio (FR) value and reinforcement amount. The schedules of terminal links were concurrent (conc.) FR 5 (5) FR 40 (60) in the first session and changed to conc. FR 20 (20) FR 20 (20), conc. FR 16 (16) FR 24 (36), conc. FR 10 (10) FR 30 (45), and conc. FR 5 (5) FR 40 (60) (Values in parentheses show reinforcement points which was exchangeable for money). Three of four participants always chose high-cost high-reward, and only one showed gradual increase in high-cost high-reward choice. Experiment is ongoing with more participants and some other values of FR and reinforcement points. |
|
|
15. Predicted, Actual, and Reported Choices in a Delay Discounting Study |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Locey (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Two analyses evaluated self-reports and actual choice throughout conditions in a delay discounting task. College students were asked to watch a video of their choosing while experiencing various delays to the video. For the first analysis, questionnaires assessing predicted and reported preferences with various delays were compared to actual preference for different delays to video presentation. Results indicated a discrepancy between each condition: a disconnect between what individuals predict they will do, what they actually do, and what they think they have done in a given condition. The second assessment evaluated participant estimates of fixed delays, variable delays, and video durations in comparison to actual time spent in each condition. Results of this analysis displayed further inconsistencies across estimates of each condition; participants reported lower estimates overall for the fixed delay condition, lower estimates overall for the variable delay condition, and higher estimates overall in estimating the video duration condition |
|
|
16. A Parametric Analysis of Losses Disguised as Wins and Slot Machine Preference |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID LEGASPI (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Current slot machines may display the same visual and auditory stimuli associated with a win yet pay the player less than what was wagered. These “losses disguised as wins” (LDWs) may perpetuate gameplay and pose a threat to the individual gambler due to the potential reinforcing nature of the trial despite a net loss. Gamblers react similarly to LDWs and wins on physiological measures such as heart rate, as well as skin conductance response. These data suggest that in addition to decreasing the saliency of the actual contingencies of the game, LDWs may have a reinforcing effect in spite of the fact that they result in a net loss of money. To observe the strength of these outcomes, participants played two concurrently available slot machines; one offering LDWs while the other did not. Payout rates on the LDW machine were manipulated so that this game outcome became increasingly disadvantageous and selection of the alternate machine resulted in greater winnings. Despite this manipulation, participants continued to choose the slot machine dispersing LDWs. These findings have clear implications for gambling treatment providers seeking to understand addiction to slot machine play. |
|
|
17. The Effects of Question Sequence on Answers to the 27-Item Monetary Choice Questionnaire |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MERRITT SCHENK (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Using a within subject design, the Kirby, Petry, and Bickel (1999) Monetary Choice Questionnaire (MCQ) was used to assess the effects of question sequence on participant’s answers and their corresponding k value. Question sequences included the standard sequence, an ascending sequence based upon k value and monetary value, and a descending sequence based upon k value and monetary value. There were three participant groups, and each participant answered two MCQs, one of which was always the standard ordered MCQ. Each participant then answered either the Standard MCQ again, or one of the other variations. Between the two MCQs, a 20 minute timed math quiz was administered to minimize recall. Results indicate that there was not a significant change in participant’s answers and participant’s associated k values. Although the greatest amount of change was found in the answers and k values of the participant’s who answered the standard MCQ as well as an ascending or descending MCQ, these changes were not considered to be significant. |
|
|
18. The Effect of Response-Independent Food and Drink Delivery on Gambling Persistence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Gambling persistence can be considered as the duration an individual continues to gamble after the gambling activity no longer produces wins. Factors that increase gambling persistence are important to identify for understanding maladaptive gambling behavior. The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of response-independent food and drink delivery on gambling persistence with a focus on single-subject analysis. Six female undergraduate students from a Midwestern university each attended two sessions and participated in two of three conditions. The participants played on a simulated slot machine which only produced wins during the first 30 plays, afterwards all plays only produced losses. As the participants began their 30th play they were informed of the status of food and drink delivery for that session, as well as given food and drink if applicable. Participants were able to eat and drink as per their leisure, and were informed they could leave at any time. All four participants who compared food and drink conditions to the no food and drink condition persisted longer when food and drink were available, and the two participants who completed food and drink conditions in both sessions persisted longer when they consumed more food and drink. |
|
|
19. The Importance of Domain-Specificity in Measures of Impulsive Choice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University), Colin Mahoney (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD) and probability discounting (PD) are frequently-used behavioral measures of impulsive choice. However, extant literature suggests that behavioral measures are often unrelated to performance on self-report measures of impulsivity. This discrepancy may occur because the typical discounting task measures impulsive choice for money, while self-report measures examine different facets of impulsivity. Therefore, it is possible that a domain-specific behavioral measure of impulsive choice would exhibit a robust relationship with self-report measures of a similar commodity. Undergraduate students (N = 105) completed laboratory measures of delay and probability discounting for money and sexual activity. Participants also completed the Delaying Gratification Inventory, a measure of difficulty with delaying gratification (impulsivity) across different domains (e.g., physical pleasures, money). Delay and probability discounting for money was not related to any of the DGI subscales, including the Money subscale, which although puzzling, is consistent with previous research. As expected, delay discounting for sexual activity was significantly related to the DGI physical pleasures subscale, but no other subscales. These findings suggest that the relationship between behavioral and self-report measures may be stronger when both are measuring domain-specific rather than domain-general behavior, especially non-monetary outcomes like sexual activity. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
20. Public Discounting of Very Large Prizes: Twenty-Three Years of the Powerball Lottery |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University), Talitha Fagen (Eastern Oregon University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Powerball lottery has been available for over two decades, producing significant income for its 47 participating member states (over $2 billion in 2014) with jackpots sometimes exceeding $600 million. To assess the association of jackpot size and ticket demand, sales and jackpot records were collected for all Powerball drawings held between April 1992 and May 2015 (n=2393). With each successive occurrence of the same prize level, per capita sales attracted by all prize levels tended to decline, and this public discounting of prize value was greatest for the largest prizes. Jackpot devaluation exceeded that of inflation, as measured by the consumer price index (CPI-W). At the same time, very large jackpots (>$150M), once claimed, were associated with induction of demand for the subsequent game, even though its jackpots were reset to beginning levels (e.g., $20-40M). While demand tended to increase as prizes rose above $50 million, time series suggest that first-instance jackpot sizes of $151-175M, $226-250M, and $276-300M commanded the highest break and run sales. Overall, ever-larger jackpots are needed to maintain demand for lottery games. |
|
|
21. A Comparison of Two Types of Selfishness: Social Discounting and Ultimatum Game |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Jones & Rachlin (2006) indicated that social discounting might be described by a hyperbolic function in which a larger discounting rate would describe more selfish choices. Meanwhile, the amount of money that proposer offers in Ultimatum game is also viewed as an indication of selfishness. At last year's ABAI conference in San Antonio, the author (Igaki, 2015) presented the degree of social discounting as given by the method of Jones & Rachlin (2006) was related to the selfishness measured in Ultimatum game. However, the trend was week. So, the purpose of the present study is to measure the social discounting by the Rachlin & Jones (2008) method which provides an index of the true generosity, and to reexamine the relation between the degree of social discounting and the selfishness measured in Ultimatum game. The results showed that participants who showed lower value of AUC clearly proposed higher amount of money kept for themselves than those who show higher value of AUC, indicating that selfishness measured by social discounting questionnaire and Ultimatum game could be interrelated. These results suggested that the method of Jones & Rachlin (2006) measures not the selfishness but merely the sensitivity to sharing with someone. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
22. Embedded Shared Reading to Increase Literacy in an Inclusive English/Language Arts Class: Preliminary Efficacy and Ecological Validity |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jessica McQueston (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Andrea Ruppar (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Kemal Afacan (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Few studies examine the efficacy of evidence-based literary practices for students with significant disabilities in a general education setting. This preliminary study presents data for a 9th grade student with significant disabilities for whom an inclusive and comprehensive intervention was implemented. The intervention comprised of shared reading, embedded instruction, and time delay within a general education classroom. A multiple baselines across conditions (engagement, vocabulary, and comprehension) design examined the effectiveness of the intervention. A task analysis with delineated discriminative stimuli (SD) was used to guide interventionists (teachers) throughout the intervention. Qualitative field notes were also collected to examine facilitative and inhibitory elements during implementation. Results indicated that these evidence-based practices were effective for this student in a general education classroom. Future research could examine the efficacy of these evidence-based practices for other students and the extent of generalizability of this study’s findings. With these and future findings, inclusive educational settings will become ever more possible, thereby promoting healthy and productive development for children with disabilities. |
|
|
23. The Effects of Short-Term, Parent-Implemented Early Literacy Instruction Reading Skills in Children With Down Syndrome |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Eliza Cortes (Brigham Young University), Kaylee Christensen (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Single-case research methodology was used to evaluate short term outcomes from parent- implemented literacy instruction for children with intellectual disabilities. The present study investigated the impacts of a parent-implemented direct instruction curriculum on phonological awareness and phonics of children between the ages of 4 and 12 who were diagnosed Down syndrome. Additional behavioral measures of were used to identify potential collateral effects of the intervention on home behaviors. The study included 12 parent-child dyads and was implemented over 18 weeks. 33% of participants showed significant increases on decoding (nonsense word reading and oral reading fluency). Those who showed significant progress on decoding also improved on phoneme segmentation and rapid picture naming. All children improved on at least one literacy skill during the intervention. Overall, the intervention study presented here demonstrates that the same components of reading in children with typical development, also apply to individuals with Down syndrome. This study contributes to the literature in several ways. First, it demonstrated that parents can implement reading interventions with fidelity that are effective for this population. Second, it demonstrated that improvements on minimal verbal repertoires (i.e., phonemic awareness) contribute to decoding. These results will be discussed in further detail during the poster presentation. |
|
|
24. Effects of the Number of Repeated Readings on Reading Comprehension and Fluency: A Pilot Study |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURICE JOSEPH (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: A strategy that many good readers use naturally to ensure they have gained meaning from text is to engage in repeated reading or text-look backs(Yang, 2006). Repeated readings have consistently improved students’ reading fluency performance (Ardoin, Eckert, & Cole, 2008) and have positive effects on reading comprehension (e.g., Chard, Vaughn, & Tyler, 2002; Therrien, 2004). Although studies have demonstrated these effects on reading performance, there have been few studies examining how many repeated readings are sufficient for answering comprehension questions correctly. Moreover, there have been minimal studies on the amount of time it takes students to begin to emit a response to comprehension questions after repeated readings. In other words, does reading a passage more than once influence how quickly students produce correct answers to comprehension questions?
The purpose of this poster presentation is to present a pilot study that compared the effects of the number of times passages are read on the number of words read correctly, the number of reading errors, the number of comprehension questions answered correctly, and the latency between the presentation of the comprehension question and the student’s response to the question. Participants consisted of 2 fourth graders who were African-American. They performed average on Letter-Word Identification subtest of WJ-ACH III subtest, however, they performed below average on Passage Comprehension subtest of WJ-ACH-III. Oral Reading Fluency Scores on the DIBELS-NEXT were below benchmark levels. Three passage reading conditions (i.e., reading passage X 1, reading passage X 2, and reading passage X 3) were presented to each of the students in a counterbalanced order across a total of 15 sessions. At the end of each session, students were presented with a worksheet containing 10 multiple choice reading comprehension questions. Findings revealed that both students read more words correctly per minute in both repeated reading conditions than reading the passage only once. Both students answered more comprehension questions correctly in both repeated reading conditions than when they read the passage only once. The time delay for both students to emit responses to comprehension questions was shorter after repeated readings of passages than in reading a passage once. There was little difference between students performance on all measures between reading passages twice versus reading passages three times. |
|
|
25. Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Select Skill and/or Performance Interventions for Oral Reading Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA COOLONG-CHAFFIN (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Mykayla Beighley (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Juliana Burzynski (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Samara Dulas (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Anna Hamer (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Haley McKee (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Felicia Som (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Brief experimental analysis (BEA) utilizes single case design methodology to test drive interventions in order to select an effective intervention for an individual student (Burns & Wagner, 2008). Used in this way, BEA can guide intervention selection for learners who have failed to respond to standard instruction (Coolong-Chaffin & Wagner, 2015). This project examined how BEA procedures could be used to identify potentially effective skill and/or performance-based interventions targeting reading fluency for 12 students (grades 2-7) who demonstrated inadequate reading performance during the school year. In addition, an extended analysis was conducted to determine the effectiveness of the indicated intervention over time when used within the context of a comprehensive reading instructional package delivered during a summer reading program. Results indicated that a promising intervention was identified for each participant. In addition, the intervention led to large gains in words read correctly per minute during the reading program on intervention passages. Variable results were seen on generalization passages. These results extend the literature on BEA by demonstrating its use with interventions utilizing skill and/or performance-based interventions. The results also demonstrate how BEA-indicted interventions can be used within the context of a comprehensive instructional package for struggling readers during the summer. |
|
|
26. The Effects of Prompt Fading Self-Questioning Reading Comprehension Strategy With at Risk Learners |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: The use of self-questioning strategies with prompt fading is examined as a way to support at-risk third graders in comprehending expository text. Self-questioning strategies are designed to aid children to monitor their understanding of text, to recognize elements of text, and to make inferences about text (Crabtree, Alber-Morgan, & Konrad, 2010). Explicit instruction of comprehension strategies, such as self-questioning, has been linked to learners' development of comprehension skills and improvement in assessment-taking skills (Chall, 1983; Goldman & Rakestraw, 2000; Kintsch, 2005; Pearson & Johnson, 1978). Prompt-fading techniques are used with self-questioning strategies to promote independence and prevent prompt-dependence. The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of a structured self-questioning strategy on the reading comprehension of third graders at-risk for academic failure due to reading comprehension difficulties. |
|
|
27. Evaluating Effects of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching in Icelandic Readers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Harpa Oskarsdottir (University of Iceland), ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Despite the fact that Iceland spends more on the educational system than most of the neighboring countries the need for special education is rising. Most students that receive special education need reading instruction. It is important to use methods that are effective and accelerate learning. Direct Instruction (DI) and Precision Teaching (PT) have been shown to be very effective with English-speaking students. In this study multiple baseline across participants and changing criterion design was used to assess the effects of using DI and PT in reading instruction with Icelandic students who had reading difficulties. The participants, 5 students aged 8 to 13, had reading skills below the average of their age. Most of them had been in special education in reading for some time without showing much progress. Every participant showed progress when DI and PT were used. These results indicate that these methods are effective in reading instruction with Icelandic speaking students. |
|
|
28. Standard Protocol Reading Intervention Implementation by General Education Teachers: Did It Really Work? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
STARR E. KEYES (Bowling Green State University), Brooks Vostal (Bowling Green State University) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Response to Intervention (RtI) is a general education initiative, however, general education teachers may not have extensive training or knowledge about the systematic interventions characteristic of Tier 2 or the systems approach to assessment and intervention within RtI (Spear-Swerling & Cheesman, 2012). We will share an intervention study of one private elementary school that began implementing an RtI model, with a focus on the delivery of a standard protocol Tier 2 reading intervention (e.g., student intervention data, teachers social validity data). Participants included first- through sixth-grade students with learning disabilities or who were at risk for reading failure. Data revealed greater effectiveness for students who were at risk. Social validity data from the teachers revealed benefits regarding student independence, interest and choice, and concerns with individualization and time for the general curriculum. These results point out the need for general education teachers to receive sustained support in their efforts to implement interventions and monitor student progress (Richards, Pavri, Golez, Canges, & Murphy, 2007). The intervention data also suggest that certain methods may be more effective with at-risk students as opposed to students with learning disabilities. Teachers must provide these learners with effective, evidence-based interventions to improve student outcomes. |
|
|
29. Literature Findings on Student Involvement in the Development of Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Plans |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
PAULA E. CHAN (Cleveland State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: Often, multidisciplinary teams conduct functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and develop behavior intervention plans (BIPs) to address the challenging behaviors of students in schools. Recent research has focused on including students as participating members of their individualized education program (IEP) teams to develop self-determination and self-advocacy skills. Given this research, it is possible that students may be able to increase these same skills by being involved in the development of their FBAs and BIPs. Therefore, the purpose of this review was to evaluate the literature involving students in the FBA and BIP processes. Fifty-two studies met the inclusion criteria. Findings suggest that students are most frequently involved by using student interviews during the FBA. Authors present findings from the review, future directions for research, and implications for practice. |
|
|
30. Functional Assessment Based Interventions for Students With High-Incidence Disabilities: FCT by Many Other Names |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN BURT (University of Louisville), Alexandra Hollo (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: Language and behavioral disorders tend to be highly comorbid in students with mild/moderate disabilities (Hollo, Wehby, & Oliver, 2014). One intervention shown to be successful at remediating communication-based problem behavior is functional communication training (FCT). FCT is typically utilized for individuals with moderate to severe developmental or intellectual disabilities; however the core components of FCT (i.e., functional assessment of problem behavior and differential reinforcement of a functionally equivalent communicative replacement behavior) are often utilized in intervention packages for students with EBD. This poster will present the results of a literature review of functional assessment based interventions for students with and at risk for high incidence disabilities to determine the extent to which these interventions address language based behavioral concerns using techniques aligned with FCT. |
|
|
31. Comparing Choral Responding and a Choral Responding Plus Mnemonic Device During Geography Lessons |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD HAYDON (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: Four male 9th grade students with mild to moderate disabilities participated in a single case design that compared choral responding (CR) and a choral responding plus mnemonic device (CR+) during geography lessons. The authors used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of the two strategies on students’ on-task behavior and daily quiz scores in identifying states on a map of the United States. The authors show that the (CR+) was more effective than (CR) in increasing on-task behavior and accuracy levels on daily quiz scores, as well as performance on a 1- week delayed recall test. The teacher and students rated the (CR+) as highly acceptable. A discussion of limitations, future research and practical implications is included. |
|
|
32. De-Intensifying Academic Interventions Through Most to Least Prompts as Students Approximate Mastery |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURICE JOSEPH (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present a review of published research along with a current study that explores the effects of implementing a systematic process of de-intensifying interventions using most to least prompt procedures as students achieve performing tasks independently. For instance, a current study will be presented on exploring the effects of a most to least verbal plus visual prompt procedure using sound box to teach preschoolers to segment phonemes. Most to least prompt procedures consisted of modeling, guided practice, and corrective feedback while using sound boxes and then systematically removing modeling and guided practice and then subsequently the sound boxes as students approximated mastery. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the most to least prompts using sound boxes on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of the preschoolers� phoneme segmentation performance. Findings are displayed on a graph, and they revealed that all children improved their performance on phoneme segmentation tasks during the implementation of sound box intervention over and above their performance during baseline conditions. Results also showed that all children were able to maintain their high phoneme segmentation performance levels after prompts were systematically removed. |
|
|
33. Effects of Positive Peer Reporting on Social Interactions of Two Children Who Rarely Interacted With Peers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KAZUKI NIWAYAMA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of positive peer reporting on social interactions of two socially withdrawn children as part of a larger study. The study was conducted in two 4th grade general education classes using a multiple baseline design across participants. All children in the classes (65 children) participated in the intervention, and in this study we analyzed social interactions of two girls who rarely interacted with peers. We used an event recording procedure to record the girls social interactions during 10-min recess. After the baseline, the positive peer reporting was introduced as the intervention. At the beginning of the intervention phase, teachers conducted a review session about what are good behaviors. Children were told to find each others good behaviors in the school and report it by writing a card. The teachers collected the cards and read them in front of the classes at the end of a day. The teachers praised children who wrote cards as well as children who practiced good behaviors. During the intervention, both girls wrote and received cards, and their social interactions increased. We continue to observe if the girls social interactions are maintained after the formal withdrawal of the intervention. |
|
|
34. Looking at Schedules of Reinforcement and Their Effect on Academic Progress |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: Students at The Judge Rotenberg Center can earn money for mastering lessons on academic computer programs. This money can be spent on various rewards, to include shopping, take out food, sporting events and many other things. The money is automatically placed into the students’ account, when they earn it. Mastery is determined on an individual basis and the amount of money earned for a mastered lesson is also determined on an individual basis. These decisions are based off of data created when the students complete timings. We will be looking at the effect that different schedules of reinforcement have on the number of timings that students complete and the number of lessons mastered. Students that are on a fixed interval of reinforcement earn money every single time they achieve their pre-set level of mastery. Students on a variable-ratio of reinforcement earn money on a variable schedule, which is determined by computer algorithm, and when they achieve their pre-set level of mastery. We will be looking to see which schedule increases the number of timings completed and which schedule increases the number of lessons mastered. |
|
|
35. Effects of Single-Letter Pretraining on Overselective Attention to Words in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis & Technology, Inc.) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: Computer software administered multiple stimulus control tests to identify over selective attention to words in young children. Identifying overselective attention to words is important since attending simultaneously to multiple letters is critical for word recognition. In one test, word choice was determined with the S+ word appeared with three comparison words differing by one letter. A second test measured response to topographies using a touch screen that recorded which letters the children touched when words were presented. The effect of single-letter pretraining on how young children attended to words was examined. The children responded identically to individual letters during pretraining. They displayed various attentional patterns when the same letters appeared in a word discrimination. Overselective attention was eliminated for two of the four children and reduced for a third child following pretraining. The prevalence of overselective attention depended on the type of response measurement. While two children persisted in displaying overselective attention when word choice was assessed, all four children consistently exhibited selective attention to words when their response topographies were recorded. Only two of the children exhibited letter preferences intense enough to prevent them from attending to each letter of the S+ word. Utilizing multiple tests revealed differences in how children attended to words that wouldn’t have been demonstrated by a single test. Administering similar procedures to identify overselective attention could result in more effective reading instruction. |
|
|
36. Supervision Skills for BCBA Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JONATHAN D. TIMM (Lipscomb University), Bethany Pittman (Lipscomb University), Anna Brooks (Ball State University), Stephanie Von Ahnen (Lipscomb University), Amanda Lessard (Ball State University) |
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
Abstract: This study implemented and evaluated a training program for students acquiring field supervision hours toward their BCBA certification, specifically in conducting effective supervisions (effective use of didactic, modeling, feedback, and performance management systems). The study identified the behavior of the supervisor as well as the para-professional charged with implementing behavioral procedures (including both currently credentialed Registered Behavior Technicians and who had not completed the RBT training). The students, each paired with a technician/trainee and a preschool-aged child (2 1/2 7 yr old), were each trained to criteria on a set of supervision objectives for implementation following a Supervision Skills Checklist (including both in-vivo observation of implementation and direct competency assessment). Each item of the implementation skills checklist identified were evaluated in baseline for the technicians, and both pre and post-training implementation treatment fidelity was measured. A multiple-baseline design across subject pairs (BCBA Student/Technician) demonstrated that after direct training of supervision skills with BCBA students both completion of supervision tasks and treatment fidelity increased, and maintenance of target skills occurred with ongoing supervision. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre) |
|
37. Speech-Language Pathology Clinicians Training on Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Pilot Study |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAPHNE HARTZHEIM (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective in the treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Speech-Language Pathologists (SLP) often lack skills in the area of ABA, but demonstrate skills in teaching speech and language. SLP clinicians in a University setting will be taught basic principles of ABA. Those principles include the ABC of behavior, reinforcement schedules, antecedent interventions, preference assessments, identification of functions of behavior, data collection, data analysis, extinction and teaching of replacement behavior. Training will be conducted on a weekly basis for 6 weeks in a row, lasting 60 minutes. A dually certified Speech-Language Pathologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst conducts the training sessions. This is the first leg of a multiple-baseline across groups design. At least two more groups will follow. Data will be collected on clinician’s rate of using primary and secondary reinforcers within each session, data collection on target behavior, use of preference assessment and use of extinction procedures if a function of challenging behavior was established. Poster will includes content of the training, specifically designed for the needs of SLP's, bridging the gap between the two disciplines. |
|
|
38. Developing and Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Online Parent-Training Program to Teach Basic Reinforcement Principles |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SOPHIE ROBITAILLE (University of Manitoba), Genevieve N. Roy-Wsiaki (Université de Saint Boniface), CT Yu (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: The prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is approximately 1 in 68. In many cases, the number of individuals requiring treatment surpasses the availability of service providers, such that children must wait to receive treatment. The purpose of my study is to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of a self-training program intended to teach basic reinforcement techniques to parents of children with ASD who have been placed on a waitlist. The self-training program will be available through an online Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI), and will consist of 2 modules that will include: (a) reading materials, (b) demonstration videos (c) study questions, (d) practice exercises, and (e) direct observation sessions. A multiple-baseline design across training modules will be used, with evaluations at baseline, training, post-training, and follow-up. I predict that scores from the study questions and direct observation sessions will improve from baseline to post-training, and that the improvements in study question scores will maintain at follow-up. |
|
|
39. Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Pigeon Lab |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALANNAH NICHOLE KNIGHT (Jacksonville State University), Amanda Miles (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Jacksonville State University has developed a behavior analysis/pigeon lab class in the style of Michael’s original manual. It was felt that a computer animation missed the point of a lab course; therefore, the lab was implemented with live pigeons to allow students to prove to themselves the reliability of behavior analysis principles. A specifically developed micro-controller was developed to calculate and display the information which enabled even average students to manually implement complex schedules of reinforcement. This sophomore course has students carry out shaping, continuous reinforcement, extinction, spontaneous recovery, fixed ratio 25, fixed ratio 100, multiple fixed interval 60-s variable interval 60-s, multiple variable ratio 60 differential reinforcement of low rate 10, and concurrent variable interval 20-s variable interval 60-s schedules. Actual cumulative recorders are used to allow students to see the behavior equilibriate. In addition, the students carry out two Pavlovian conditioning procedures on human volunteers: simple salivary reflex conditioning with extinction and differential reflex conditioning. The course typically is rated as the most valuable course in the major. |
|
|
40. Data Mining: Analyzing and Improving Instructional Design |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions), Dusty Jones (Behavior Development Solutions), Theresa Adams (Behavior Development Solutions), Joel Weik (Behavior Development Solutions), Christine O'Donnell (Behavior Development Solutions) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Data analytics combined with instructional design from a behavior analytic perspective makes a powerful tool for developing and analyzing online instruction. The CBA Learning Module Series has been available for 17 years and thousands of people use the program every year. A survey conducted by Behavior Development Solutions (BDS) staff in February 2015 yielded a pass rate of 97.7% for first time exam takers who completed the entire Series. However, until recently, BDS did not have the capability to conduct analyses on the millions of data points generated by learners. Application of a data analytics process to these data sets yielded emergent patterns, which lead to revisions to the program and subsequent improved group performance. The program is primarily question-based. Each multiple-choice question includes a hint (i.e., instructional content) with a textbook reference, and a feedback statement for incorrect options. One finding is a selection bias of particular incorrect options in questions that include an (all of the above) option. Another finding is inappropriate stimulus control resulting from common words in incorrect options and the hint. The utility of data analytics on large instructional data sets in general is discussed. |
|
|
41. Using Curriculum Based Evaluation for Decision Making in a Pre-Service Special Education Program: Modeling Data-Based Decision-Making With a Program-Level Vocabulary Assessment |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Gail Coulter (Western Washington University), Keith Hyatt (Western Washington University), MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University), Leanne Robinson (Western Washington University) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: The purpose of this research was to provide an data-basedl method of gauging candidate progress through a teacher special education preparation program. A vocabulary assessment was created and is framed with the CBE and RtI models that have a 30-year research base. Curriculum-based measures were used in order to monitor the progress of candidates as they proceeded through the special education program. Further, the technology appears to hold promise for identifying candidates who were likely to need support; the results showed a difference in candidate acquisition of vocabulary from the beginning of the program to the end of the program. The assessments also accurately identified candidates within the program who were experiencing academic difficulty with program content. |
|
|
42. Dairy Price Risk Management in California: An OnlineTeaching Model Approach to the Problem |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
PEI XU (California State University Fresno), Todd Lone (California State University Fresno) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Though the dairy industry in California is an extremely important component of the state?s agriculture, it is faced with significant financial hardships. Our preliminary study conducted in 2015 shows that dairy farmers intended to reduce cost risks and to maintain a price over cost margin. However, farmers were found lack of knowledge about risk management instruments. In this study agribusiness researchers developed an interactive online teaching course in November 2015. The course is pre-tested with 135 agribusiness college students and the discrete choice model results suggest that: 1) senior students who have previously taken an online course tend to rate low for the online learning experience. 2) Female students are found to be less likely to rank high for the online course because they feel the course required more work and more time. And 3) participating students believed the online coursework is more difficult than a face-to-face course. The revised course should focus on the development of interactive course activities; should provide additional course work help to female participants; and should propose appropriate instructive methods to better explain risk management concepts. |
|
|
43. Intensive Training for Applied Behavior Analysis Therapist |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRACY YIP (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Discussant: Amoy Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Providing a systematic and effective training for Applied Behavior Analysis therapist is crucial in helping children learn during one-to-one therapy. The current study focuses on training therapists through a series of video and in vivo supervision. All therapists who participated in this study were able to master the skills set identified. Outcome of the study suggests that intensive training and on-going supervision are essential elements in successful training for therapists. |
|
|
44. Gaining Applied Experience in Organizational Behavior Management |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (ABA Technologies), Chana Gehrman (Florida Institute of Technology), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.), Shannon Biagi (Florida Institute of Technology; ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has become a highly sought after area of interest in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, and for good reason. The majority of behavior analysts have careers in which they make their impact on consumers through the coaching and management of others, a skill that is enhanced substantially through OBM Training. However, only 21 out of 291 BACB approved course sequences offer graduate training in OBM and even fewer offer a hands-on learning, or practicum experience. This situation is unlikely to improve, as there are few faculty positions in behavior analysis programs that call for an OBM background. This poster will review options that behavior analysts have for obtaining training in OBM. A case study of a new course at Florida Institute of Technologys online ABA program that blends distance learning with hands on experience in OBM will be featured. The potential for programs such as these to bridge the educational gap in OBM for behavior analysts will be explored. |
|
|
45. Introducing Behavioral Concepts in a Transit-Control Company With Over 800 People |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis Concepts are commonly cited in academic and scientific environments, usually under control, but there is little information on introducing basic concepts in a mid-size company with over 800 employees that attends the control of transit in a 400,000 inhabitants city (an uncontrolled environment, in this case). The trigger of the study was an accident with one of the transit agents, that turned into a strike of the formers, that showed a need to change the paradigm of simply training the agents and other staff personnel into a Behavior Oriented paradigm because of the number of variables involved, from media people, urban population to employees (agents and staff). The environment was very dynamic (many transit situations every day and the media news promoting reactions inside the company and in the relation to towns population). A series of encounters were conducted at different levels within the company to introduce Behavioral Concepts, to establish empirical correlations with the facts common to their daily work and to change behaviors from transit agents to staff. The learning evaluation was made as the company members produced real time in the company responses based on the new operants produced instead of the respondent concepts. |
|
|
46. Using Interdependent Group Contingencies To Increase Treatment Integrity |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELEIGHA LOVE (University of Central Oklahoma
), Derrick Meyers (University of Central Oklahoma), Leah Phillips (University of Central Oklahoma), Mary Ann Hubbard (University of Central Oklahoma), Thomas Hancock (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Supervisors must provide training and supervision that results in the accurate implementation of behavior analytic practices. The present study is designed to investigate the effects of interdependent group contingencies on the generalization of behavior analytic skills to treatment settings. A multiple baseline design will be used to evaluate the generalization of Discrete Trial Training (DTT), Natural Environment Teaching (NET), and prompting. A trained observer will observe eight staff members working in school for children with developmental disabilities. All staff members are currently pursuing Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) certification. Data will be based on the percent completion of a predetermined number of steps the participant implemented in the naturalistic environment. Interdependent group contingencies will be implemented across behaviors utilizing a 90% group average criterion for three consecutive days to access reinforcement. If the group criterion is not met for 4 consecutive days a second phase of intervention utilizing modeling and daily performance feedback daily until 90% implementation is reached for 3 consecutive days at which time fading will begin. The results from the present study can be applied to the generalization and maintenance of behavior analytic techniques in a school-based, treatment environment. Data is currently being collected. |
|
|
47. Time-out: Its Origins as a Term and a Technique |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Although time-out is a widely used term and technique in behavior analysis and in the culture at large, its origins and evolution have not been accurately or completely described. According to the Oxford English Dictionary (OED), its origins lie in turn-of-the-20th century vernacular use such as “the suspension in play” in sports and “an imperative, calling for a break.” These are accurate. The OED’s first behavior-analytic use is “a period of enforced seclusion, or of withdrawal of a stimulus…as a means of modifying behavior,” which it attributes to Ferster (1957). This is inaccurate. Based on original research, we describe the first documented use of time-out (a) as a term and a method in basic behavior-analytic research with nonhumans (e.g., to reduce schedule interactions; see Ferster, 1954), (b) as an aversive stimulus in basic research with nonhumans (see Herrnstein, 1955), (c) as an aversive stimulus in basic research with humans (see Baer, 1960), and (d) as a term and an intervention in applied behavior analysis (see Wolf, Risley, & Mees, 1964). After describing time-out’s origins and evolution, we address alternative claims (e.g., Staats’s use of the term and the intervention in childrearing) and priority claims in general. |
|
|
48. Child Raising Practices Implementation and the Reduction of Problematic Child Behavior |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Lopez Montoya (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Child raising practices adoption based on empirical evidence to community places promise antisocial behavior prevention in Mexico. The goal of the study was to describe the relationship between implementation level of the child raising practices promoted by psychologist in community settings and the parental behavior and reports of their behavior and their children in public health institutions. We worked with 18 psychologists with a 32 years old mean that worked too with 128 parents from 8 Mexican republic entities. We used psychometrical instruments for the parental and children behaviors reports and a direct observational system for the children raising practices implementation assessment (categories: identifying, correction, interaction and stimulus control). The study consisted in three phases: activities programming in Moodle platform, Distance psychologist training on child raising practices, and implementation phase. A factorial design of two (before and after assessment) per two (low and high implementation) was used. The results suggest parental behaviors changing in function of higher implementation of the child raising practices are praising, social interaction and instructions following. Higher implementation also was associated with less punisher reporting, more ignoring technique, problems solving, rules establishment and academic social interaction reporting. |
|
|
49. Consultation and Collaboration Coursework in Board Certified Behavior Analyst Approved Course Sequences |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Danielle Crawford (University of Kentucky), Madison Johnson (University of Kentucky), Rachel Pence (University of Kentucky), Olivia Winstead (University of Kentucky), Allan Allday (University of Kentucky) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: The role of behavior analysts, specifically those that are board certified, is increasingly moving from that of a behavioral technician (i.e., the change agent manipulating the environment to promote behavior change) to that of a behavioral consultant (i.e., an indirect change agent enabling a consultee/teacher/caregiver to serve as the change agent for a client/student/individual). This change may be partly attributed to the increasing and changing workforce demand for behavior analysts. As the jobs needing behavior analysts change, as may the roles behavior analysts need to serve, and the models behavior analysts use to provide services. One evidence-based model of service delivery that permeates multiple fields and industries, for which behavior analysts have conducted research and provided recommendations, is consultation. Given the increasing and changing demand for behavior analysts across numerous fields and industries, a review of consultation coursework within Behavior Analyst Certification Board approved course sequences is warranted. We reviewed all Board Certified Behavior Analyst approved course sequences for institutions in the United States, examining course titles and descriptions provided on institution websites to identify courses that included consultation related coursework. A descriptive analysis of our results is provided along with questions to promote discussion. |
|
|
50. Does Delivering Praise During Error Correction Procedures Result in Slowing the Acquisition Rate of the Target Goal? |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), CLEO SCHMITT (Verbal Behavior Associates), Elizabeth Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Discussant: Ana Sella (Federal University of Alagoas) |
Abstract: Learning rates for tact acquisition were used to compare the effects of two different error correction procedures. Four participants were assigned to matched pairs in an ABA/BAB design, utilizing counter balanced stimuli. The correction procedure entailed prompting the student to respond correctly, contingent on the student emitting an error and then providing an opportunity to respond independently to the same discriminative stimulus a few seconds later. In condition A, participants were praised for emitting the correct response during the error correction procedure. In condition B, participants were not praised or reinforced at all after emitting the correct response during the correction procedure. The dependent variable was the acquisition rate for tact instructional objectives, and the independent variable was they type of error correction procedure. The purpose of this study was to find whether delivering praise during error correction procedures affect the acquisition rate of the target goal. The results are on going, but initial data do not show significant differences in acquisition rates based on the error correction procedure used. |
|
|
|
|
AAB Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University) |
|
51. Companionship or Solitude: Rats’ Preferences for Social or Non-Social Alternatives |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MADELINE WAGAR (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: The present study aims to explore the reinforcing value of social interaction when rats are given the option to respond for either time with a cagemate or time alone. This study extend earlier unpublished work from our laboratory that found rats respond preferentially for access to a restrained rat than for access to an empty chamber. However, it is possible that the rats were responding for a chance to interact with the restriction harness, rather than the partner rat. This study removes the harness and presents focal rats with a choice between responding for an unrestricted cagemate or an empty chamber. Additionally, this study increased the fixed-ratio (FR) cost beyond what has been observed previously. Six female Sprague-Dawley rats were tested in cagemate pairs in a three-chambered two-choice operant chamber. One rat per pair served as the focal responding rat and was located in the central chamber, while the other served as the social reward. The focal rat could respond on a right or a left lever on a FR 5 schedule for 45-s access to the corresponding side chamber. The side with the rat alternated each session to control for position biases. Data indicates that rats prefer the cagemate to the empty compartment, consistent with prior results. Subsequent conditions will explore the preferences for familiar versus unfamiliar rats, and the effects of free versus forced choice. |
|
|
52. Behavioural Methodologies for Measuring the Efficacy of Repellent in Sparrows (Passer domesticus) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIE E. CAMERON (Unitec New Zealand), Nigel Adams (Unitec New Zealand), Ayellet Bistricer (Unitec New Zealand), Emily Robson (Unitec New Zealand), Angela Halliday (Unitec New Zealand), Graham Jones (Unitec New Zealand), Jodi Salinsky (Unitec New Zealand), Diane Fraser (Unitec New Zealand) |
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Behavioural analytic techniques were used to assess the efficacy of an odour repellent to the house sparrow (Passer domesticus) to deter birds from roosting sites resulting in disease transmission and damage to public and private property. The spatial use of aviaries by 10 wild-caught birds was tested based on the localities of a food source and repellent varied across conditions. In Experiment 1, food consumption was recorded when the repellent was placed at increasing distances from the food. In Experiment 2, Experiment 1 was repeated with a choice of food independent of the repellent. In Experiment 3, the number of sparrows was recorded in predetermined zones across the aviary using behavioural sampling techniques. In Experiment 4, faecal counts in each zone were recorded. Birds showed more variability in food consumption and produced higher faecal counts at localities further from the repellent source. The choice method was used to trial the repellent in field tests as it was analogous to choices likely demonstrated in situ and identified a distance threshold for efficacy of the repellent. Techniques of behaviour analysis are transdisciplinary, from measuring animal and human behaviour to providing protocols for pest control within an urban ecology setting. |
|
|
53. Effects of Increased Swimming Time on Bumblefoot Lesions in Penguins |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College), Rickey Kinley (Cincinnati Zoo and Botanical Garden) |
Discussant: Lindsay Mehrkam (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Bumblefoot, or pododermatitis, is a bacterial infection of the foot that commonly occurs in captive birds, including penguins (AZA, 2014). The lesions, or bumbles, occur from excessive pressure on the plantar surface and have been linked to many factors in penguins, including sex, weight, enclosure substrate and behavioral factors (Erlacher-Reid, et al., 2012). Recent research has found that bumblefoot lesions can be reduced through the use of environmental enrichment (Reisfield, et al., 2013). This research validates the efficacy of behavioral interventions in decreasing or eliminating lesions, but fails to provide any behavioral data. The goals of this research are to quantify the behavioral changes necessary in order to decrease or eliminate bumblefoot lesions, as well as determine the necessary behaviors in order to prevent its re-occurrence. Five Little Blue penguins (Eudyptula minor) suffering from bumblefoot will serve as subjects. Behavioral measures include the daily amount of time spent swimming and standing on various substrates. Physical measures include the diameter of lesions (Reisfield, et al., 2013). Using a multiple baseline design, different lengths of daily swim bouts will be implemented for each penguin while lesions are measured daily. Results pending. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
|
54. Treatment of Saliva Expulsion and Food Refusal in an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NEISHA DOBSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meara McMahon (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Thomas Mulderink (Kennedy Krieger Institute/ Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Gastrointestinal (GI) complications are common in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and are often accompanied by several aversive symptoms including, but not limited to, abdominal pain, constipation, and vomiting (Molloy & Manning-Courtney, 2003). In the current study, a 16 year-old male with ASD and enteral tube dependence had a history of excessive vomiting due to a GI lesion. He was admitted to an inpatient pediatric feeding disorders program to decrease spitting and drooling of saliva and it was hypothesized that an aversion to vomiting facilitated the patients avoidance of orally consuming food, drinks, and saliva into his stomach. The present study evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement of closing and clearing his mouth of saliva (i.e., swallowing) (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to decrease spitting behavior. The treatment was gradually implemented throughout the day until no spitting or drooling was observed during all waking hours. Drink and food were successfully introduced using a similar DRA/DRO procedure. The volume of food and drink were increased to meet his daily caloric needs and all enteral tube feedings were discontinued. The present study supports the use of reinforcement-based behavioral interventions to treat maladaptive spitting/drooling behavior. |
|
|
55. A Review of Literature on Quality of Life of Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
SADAF KHAWAR (STEPS Academy) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: This poster will focus on highlighting prior research on Quality of Life (QoL) between 1990-2016 with an aim to identify predictors and patterns in QoL in individuals with Autism (ASD). Our aim is to be able to propose future directions in research in this field and derive suggestions to ameliorate QoL in individuals with ASD. The World Health Organization (1997) defines Quality of Life as the individuals perception of their position in life, in the context of culture and value systems in which they live, and in relation to their expectations, standards and concerns ranging from the persons physical health, psychological state, level of independence, social relationships, personal beliefs, and their relationships to salient features of their environment. Adolescence is a period in which it might be expected that a person with ASD would be likely to be able to evaluate aspects of their life experiences as well as integrate peer evaluations of social competence as a predictor of successful integration. As a result of their difficulties in the area of social interaction, adolescents with ASD may be expected to be particularly vulnerable to poor integration and social outcome, which may be expected to affect perceptions of QoL. These patterns are expected to continue into adulthood. |
|
|
56. An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Graduate Student Therapists to Provide Evidence-Based Treatment to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MAHFUZ HASSAN (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maria Khan (York University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Despite ample research on evidence-based practices for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), there is limited empirical evidence of best practices for training therapists who implement manualized interventions. Passive training (self-directed reading) is a commonly used strategy, which often leads to an ability to report vs. perform intervention procedures. Therefore, additional active strategies (behavioral rehearsal) may be required to implement procedures accurately. We conducted a modified multiple baseline design across three pairs (n=6) of graduate student therapists recruited to implement a manualized intervention for youth with ASD. Therapists first completed 3 hours of passive learning (self-directed reading) followed by 3 hours of active learning (Behavioral Skills Training). Trained observers coded therapists' performance in each phase on two outcome measures: (1) fidelity, scored as percent correct on session checklists (IOA M= 95.76%, R= 86.67%-100%); and (2) quality, rated on a 5-point Likert scale (IRR M= .92 R= .84-.99). Five of the six therapists demonstrated an increase in fidelity after active training (M = 4.76% change, R= -1.57-8.77%), and four of the six therapists showed an improvement in session quality (M=0.30 change R= -0.20-1.28). Evaluation of training strategies that lead to increased fidelity and quality of evidence-based interventions for individuals with ASD is highly warranted. |
|
|
57. Use of the Non-Communicating Children Pain Checklist to Identify Pain in Nonverbal Children With Autism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), SONAM G DUBAL (Bancroft), Jennifer Petrelli (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Pain and discomfort associated with physical illness mediates the presentation of serious problem behaviors. Nonverbal children with autism often have pain that is ignored or under-treated (ref). Inability to report and describe pain results in improper treatment. Pain can also be a setting event for problem behavior. Self-injury may be a clue that there is pain and provide information on where the pain is located. Patterns of self-injury can be used to help determine if pain is present, where it is located and how it impacts the individual. The Non-Communicating Children Pain Checklist is a measurement tool used to identify pain behavior in nonverbal children with intellectual impairment. In the current study, the reliability and validity of the checklist was evaluated in a residential treatment facility by completing the checklist by two simultaneous observers following a 2 hour observation period. The pain scale data were compared to graphs of self-injurious behavior, medical exams, and direct observation of behavior at regularly scheduled intervals and when pain was hypothesized. Although the scale completion by some observers were consistent with pain identified by medical professionals, the interobserver agreement was very low. |
|
|
58. Establishing Techniques to Increase Physical Health Exam Compliance in Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ICHA ARIEF (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kim Frost (TSE, Inc.), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Behave Your Best) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Adults with developmental disabilities are significantly more likely to be in fair or poor general health status when compared to the general population (Sullivan et al., 2011). One of the main reasons is the lack of preventive health services within the developmental disabilities population (Yen et al., 2014). Many studies that have used behavioral treatment package to increase medical compliance involved children (Cuvo et al., 2010; Allen et al., 1992), but very few were with adults. The first purpose of the present study was to investigate the use of a behavioral treatment package that included choice-making, chaining and shaping with percentile schedules to increase physical health exam compliance in adults with developmental disabilities. The second purpose was to investigate whether or not carry-over effects were present across physical health exam components when training two physical health exam components simultaneously. Last, it evaluated whether generalization of physical health exam compliance occurred across time and settings. The physical health exam components included blood pressure, body temperature, ear, heart and lung, height, glucose, mouth/throat, and weight. The present study found that the behavioral treatment package was successful in increasing physical health exam compliance in adults with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
59. Changes in the Use of Psychotropic Medications for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Lois Meszaros (Chimes) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: There is increased use of off label psychotropic medications to treat behavior challenges for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Crystal, et al., 2009; Williamson, & Martin, 2012). Although the treatment efficacy is not promising (Crystal, et al., 2009; Deb, et al., 2007; Mandell, et al., 2008; Matson, & Neal, 2009; Tyrer, et al., 2000), the use of psychotropic medications is one of the common treatments for the population. Although On the other hand, other evidence based treatments such as behavioral interventions have been underutilized despite of previous studies demonstrating successful outcomes to reduce behavior challenges (Brosnan, & Healy, 2011; Hanly, et al., 2005; Matson, 2007; Matson, & Neal, 2009). This trend also changed the regulation for services in special education and behavioral health industries. In the current study, 128 adults were separated into two groups (with or without behavior reduction procedures prior to 2009) and the number of psychotropic medications prescribed for them before and after the removal of behavior reduction procedures was analyzed. It was found that there was a statistically significant increase in the number of psychotropic medications after the removal of behavior reduction procedures for the group with those procedures. |
|
|
60. Evaluating the Effects of Preference on Task Engagement and Indices of Happiness in an Outpatient Clinic |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA DETRICK (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa), Sara Snow (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Presented are two case examples in which we conducted a concurrent operants assessment (COA) and analyzed the effects of preferred stimuli on choice, task engagement, and indices of happiness. All procedures were conducted in the Biobehavioral Outpatient Service which serves individuals with disabilities and severe challenging behavior, part of the University of Iowa Children’s Hospital.
Dylan was a 7-year-old male with diagnoses of PDD, ADHD, and mild ID. Kyle was a 13-years-old male with diagnoses of ADHD and mild ID. Challenging behaviors for both participants consisted of noncompliance and aggression.
For each participant, we conducted a forced choice preference assessment (FCPA) of leisure items/activities and a COA of leisure activities, attention, and work. IOA was collected on an average of 55% of sessions and averaged 96% across participants. The goal was to identify preferences, and to assess if these preferences could be incorporated into nonpreferred tasks to increase task engagement and indices of happiness.
Results showed that both participants had clear preference hierarchies, and changes in items/activities corresponded with changes in indices of happiness. Additionally, for both participants, preferred stimuli were incorporated into the nonpreferred demand context, resulting in increased task engagement. Indices of happiness during work differed across participants. |
|
|
61. Evaluation of Bolus Size and a Chin Prompt to Treat Expulsion |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CONRAD B HILLMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniele Rizzi (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzes Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Alessandro Dibari (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzese Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Erica Scandurra (ALBA (Associazone Abruzzes Liberi Bambini dall' - Autismo)), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that manipulating the response effort associated with eating may increase appropriate feeding behaviors (e.g., acceptance, swallowing) and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. For example, Kerwin, Ahearn, Eicher, and Burd (1995) decreased the response effort associated with eating by decreasing the volume of food on the spoon. Wilkins, Piazza, Groff, and Vaz (2011) showed that decreasing the response effort associated with swallowing and increasing the response effort for expulsion by implementing a chin prompt to close the childs mouth during drink deposits decreased rates of expulsion in 4 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. We extended the findings of Kerwin et al. (1995) and Wilkins et al. (2011) in the current study by using a bolus manipulation (i.e., 2 cc vs. 4 cc) and a chin prompt as antecedent interventions to treat the liquid expulsion of a 14-month-old girl. Use of the chin prompt effectively decreased expulsion for both bolus sizes relative to baseline, but the largest decrease in expulsion was with the smaller bolus size. We discuss the results in terms of changes in response effort associated with swallowing. |
|
|
62. Variations to Assess and Identify Stimuli Which Compete With a Socially Inappropriate Competing Response for Skin Picking in a Child With Prader-Willi Syndrome |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAUREN BETH FISHBEIN (Indiana University School of Medicine), Jill Fodstad (Indiana University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Background: Approximately 69-95% of children with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) engage in chronic skin picking (Morgan et al., 2010). Habit reversal training (HRT) is an effective treatment for skin picking in a variety of populations. There is limited information on the implementation of HRT for reducing skin picking in individuals with PWS. HRT involves self-monitoring and reinforcement of competing responses to decrease the target behavior. Competing responses sometimes become problematic and a more socially valid replacement behavior must be identified; there is little guidance on the procedures to do this. Methods: The current study focused on identifying an alternative competing response for a child with PWS and skin picking in an outpatient setting. HRT was previously successful and led to high rates of the competing response (crayon peeling); however, crayon peeling became socially inappropriate. A Competing Stimulus Assessment (CSA) was used to identify a more socially appropriate competing response. Functional assessment data indicated skin picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Results: A traditional CSA (Piazza et al., 1998) was ineffective in identifying a competing response and further modifications are needed. Future data collected will clarify the most appropriate method to identify new competing responses. Limitations and clinical considerations will be discussed. |
|
|
63. Decreasing Duration of Liquid Consumption: Comparison of Drinking Utensils Paired With Escape Extinction and Positive Reinforcement for a Toddler With Severe Feeding Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Children with severe feeding problems engage in a variety of refusal behaviors to avoid or escape food and or liquids. This often results in parents engaging in a variety of unconventional methods and utensils in order to increase their childs food and/or liquid consumption such as syringes, bottles at inappropriate ages, dream feeds, walking around, etc. However, this may lead to long meal durations in which the child consumes food and/or liquid for the majority of waking hours which impedes caloric intake and nutritional needs. Furthermore, long meal durations with one aspect of eating such as drinking may leave less time for other aspects such as solids. The purpose of this study was to decrease the duration of milk consumption by comparing the effects of a escape extinction and positive reinforcement procedures between two different drinking utensils (straw bottle and open cut-out cup) in an intensive interdisciplinary home-based feeding program for a 15-month-old girl diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorder, failure to thrive (FTT), ventricular septal defect (VSD), gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). A multiple treatment reversal design was used to evaluate the treatment protocols. Results found that escape extinction and positive reinforcement paired with the open cut-out cup was the most successful procedure for increasing milk acceptance and decreasing the duration of milk consumption. Since duration of milk consumption decreased there was more time for solid intake. Furthermore, since all nutrition was obtained via solids and liquids multivitamins and iron supplements were no longer necessary. These data are discussed in relation to the importance of meal duration as a dependent variable and how it relates to overall health. |
|
|
64. Preliminary Outcomes From an Interdisciplinary Pediatric Feeding Program at Seattle Children's Hospital |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE N. DOLEZAL (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Valori N. Berends (Seattle Children's Hospital), Karen Barnes (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Barb York (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Maggie Tai Tucker (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), David Eaton (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center), Cara Pierson (Seattle Children's Hospital; The Autism Center) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: There is evidence to support that behavioral interventions result in significant improvements in feeding behavior in children with pediatric feeding disorders (Sharp et al., 2010; Williams et al., 2007). Despite increase in empirical evidence supporting the role of behavior analysis in treating severe feeding problems, evaluation of interdisciplinary program outcomes have been somewhat limited. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the treatment outcomes of an interdisciplinary feeding program for 23 children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders. A retrospective chart analysis indicated these children were treated successfully overall with high levels of parent satisfaction. The program was found to be cost-effective when compared to the cost of outpatient therapy or long-term supplemental feeding. |
|
|
65. The Effect of Precision Teaching, Fluency Training, and Errorless Learning on Patients With Aphasia |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
NADIA ASHOUR (Center for Autism Research, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia/University of Nevada, Reno), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Andrew Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: With the growing number of adults suffering from aphasia every year, having effective treatment methods that improve quality of life and help regain communication abilities is highly important. Aphasia is an impairment of language that affects all language modalities (National Aphasia Association, 2011) and leads to loss of communication abilities and reduced life quality (Beeson & Bayles, 1997; Groher, 1989). Applied Behavior Analysis presents principles that are used for analyzing and modifying communicative behavior, which makes it an ideal foundation for aphasia rehabilitation (Goldfarb, 2006). Some of the behavioral treatment methods that have been used with aphasia are precision teaching, fluency training, and errorless learning. Precision teaching evaluates the effectiveness of teaching strategies (Chapman, 2005), fluency is a measure of speed and accuracy of responding (White, 1986), and errorless learning is a technique that focuses on decreasing the number of errors during skill acquisition (Fillingham, 2006). These behavioral techniques have shown to improve skills associated with aphasia, including the generalization of those skills (Ayers, 1975; Chapman, 2005; Sigurardttir, & Sighvatsson, 2006, 2012). This poster will provide an overview of the small body of research on the above mentioned behavioral techniques as effective treatments for aphasia, describe specific areas for further research, and provide guidelines for practice. |
|
|
|
|
DEV Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
|
66. Shaping Behavior: A Computer Simulation Study on Motivation |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
LUIS REYES (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Elizabeth Hernandez (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Contingency management is an efficient way to increase motivation by using conditioned reinforcers (e.g., points) that can later be exchanged for back-up reinforcers (e.g., goods). This procedure has been used to change the behavior of many populations including children, delinquent youth, and drug addicts. Many studies have evaluated the effects of contingent point deliveries on motivation, but few have compared the contingencies arranged solely for the back-up reinforcer. In addition, few studies have measured the effects of back-up reinforcement on the process of shaping. In the current study, undergraduate students experienced a computer simulation, in which a percentile schedule was used to shape their behavior towards a particular position on the computer screen by providing contingent points. The participants were assigned to two groups. One group received a point goal and the backup reinforcer (gift card) for meeting that goal. The other group received the back-up reinforcer regardless of the number of points accrued. Preliminary results show that contingent back-up reinforcers result in faster shaping compared to noncontingent back-up reinforcers. These research implications are directed towards practitioners who shape the behavior of children, adolescent youth, and adults through contingency management. |
|
|
67. The Relationship Between Mother-Infant Visual Scanning Patterns to Face Stimuli |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
D. WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Melissa Fallone (Missouri State University), Savanna Chojnacki (Missouri State University), Olivia Durbin (Missouri State University), Jessica Lafferty (Missouri State University), Allison Schmidt (Missouri State University), Sarah Cheyanne Ashe (Missouri State University), Jessica Maly (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The visual scanning patterns of 5 Mother-Infant dyads (4 biological; 1 adopted) were assessed while attending to pairs of face stimuli. The infants ages were 4 months (n = 2), 7 months (n = 1), and 10 months (n = 2). Each stimulus pair were of the same face, however one of the faces was manipulated so to represent infantile schema features (e.g., larger, more round). There were 6 stimulus face pairs; 2 adult male, 2 infant, and 2 inanimate faces. For the Mothers, each stimulus pair was presented for 5 seconds whereas for the Infants each stimulus pair was presented until the infant accumulated 5 seconds of attending to either or both of the faces. Although individual differences between the infants and between mothers were evident, there was a significant relationship between the Mother-Infant dyads scanning patterns. The number of fixations and the number visual shifts, within and between face stimuli, were correlated within the mother-infant dyads. It is argued that the similarity of an infants visual behavior to that of its mother is a function of what mother attends to in the environment, interprets, and transfers, via verbal and overt behaviors, to the infant during dyadic interactions. |
|
|
68. Children's Disruptive Behavior Related to Parent's Characteristics |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Danae Ramirez Arriaga (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lissette Ramos (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Maricruz García (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: There is a direct relationship between multiple parents characteristics and their context, such as stress in parenting, parents and children interaction, marital conflicts, poverty, unemployment, single parenthood, social exclusion and low educational levels (Salles & Ger, 2011) which determine disruptive behavior of children. The aim of the study is to compare the disruptive behavior of children in relation to parents characteristics, as socioeconomic status (poverty, poor class, lower middle class, middle class, upper class and wealthy class), scholar level (No education, Elementary school, Junior High School, High School and University) and sex. 332 caregivers between 18 and 71 years old participated. Participants answered the Child Behavior Inventory (CBI). The results show that parents without education report higher amount of aggressive behavior on their children (M: 26.6) compared to parents with university degree (M: 18.9). Parents without studies report children with many problems in school (M: 29.9) compared to parents with university degree (M: 18.3); moreover, the parents with extreme poverty reported children with less severe problems in school (M: 15.5) unlike rich class parents (M: 41.6). Therefore, sociodemographic variables can be interacting in more complex forms, it�s important to extend their study. |
|
|
69. Predicting Success in Academia Using Behavioral Stage and Holland Interest Sores |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
SARANYA RAMAKRISHNAN (Core Complexity Assessments), Sarthak Giri (Caldwell University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to determine if there are differences in stage and Holland interest between researchers who are currently Principal Investigators (PIs) and those who aspire to be Principal Investigators, such as Postdoctoral fellows and Graduate Students. We hypothesize that there would be significant differences between researchers, who become PIs and those that dont. We further hypothesis that these differences would be detectable even at an incipient stage. We hope to investigate these differences by examining the reasoning and perspective taking skills of these researchers and their Holland interests. The relevance of such a study is manifold. Understanding the unique combination of the variables of what it takes to be a successful Principal investigator would help graduate students make better life choices, hone their tangential skills and significantly improve their planning as well as long and short term goal setting. Furthermore such knowledge would enable companies to build products that would help researchers achieve fulfilling careers, both in and outside academia. |
|
|
70. Career Transition to Academia |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
SARTHAK GIRI (Caldwell University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: In the past it was atypical to transition into another career after spending considerable time in a certain industry or profession. However, in today’s complex work environment, career transition has become a regularly observed phenomenon. In this study, we explore why professionals with 10+ years of experience in any field of work choose to transition to academia. We postulate that the professional who seeks to make a transition would possess the following characteristics: a need for constant intellectual stimulation, desire to learn and improve, desire for autonomy, and desire to seek high reward and novelty in cognitive domain. We further postulate that the person would be in transition between systematic and Metasystematic stage, less averse to change, more forward thinking, a better planner and have high Investigative score in Holland’s interests scale. The purpose of the study is to understand factors associated with transition of people from other field to academia. We believe that this would be useful for organizations to design in-built reward systems that incorporate these “transition factors”. This would reduce employee turnover and boost employee satisfaction. |
|
|
71. Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on Preschoolers’ Emission of Functional and Self-Stimulatory Verbal Behavior |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA BENINSIG (Teachers College, Columbia University), Yu Cao (Teachers College Columbia University) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of intensive tact instruction on the increased emission of pure tacts and mands (functional verbal behavior) and the decreased emission of self-stimulatory verbal behavior by 3 preschool students. The participants emitted low numbers of vocal verbal operants and high numbers of self-stimulatory verbal behaviors in three non-instructional settings. The dependent variables measured in this study were pure tacts, pure mands, stereotypy, and non-functional vocal emissions measured prior to and following mastery of 5 sets of intensive tact stimuli. Non-instructional settings included the play area of the classroom, lunchtime, and group table-top activities. Probe sessions were conducted in three 5-min periods of non-instructional settings over the course of 3 consecutive days. Intensive tact instruction adds 100 tact learn units to the participants’ average daily learn units. |
|
|
72. The Rooting Reflex as an Infant Feeding Cue |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Many professionals consider the rooting reflex to be an infant hunger cue and suggest the caregiver feed the baby when this reflex occurs. However, there is no research documenting the extent to which the probability of the rooting reflex is influenced by food deprivation and satiation. The rooting reflex involves the baby turning towards a touch on the cheek or corner of the mouth. Our project is on-going and involves parents testing and documenting their newborn's rooting reflex and palmar grasp reflex (the control reflex) immediately before and after a feeding and every 15 min until the next feeding. The parents collect 10 samples of these reflex checks within their newborn's first month. The results thus far demonstrate rooting occurs most frequently prior to a feeding relative to after a feeding or between feedings; the palmar grasp reflex occurred equally regardless of the time of the reflex check. These results provide some evidence to support the claim that the rooting reflex may be one cue to help the caregiver determine when feeding is appropriate. |
|
|
73. Discounting Changes When Children Move from the Sentential Behavioral Stage (2–3 Years) to the Preoperational Stage (3.5–6 Years) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Kyle Featherston (The College of William & Mary) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral Developmental stage is shown to interact with how discounting value of reinforcers works. Before the age of three and when children enter the preoperational behavioral stage 6, children will choose 1 M&M over getting 5 a few minutes later. At the preoperational stage, children will wait 5 minutes to get 5 M&M's as opposed to getting one immediately. This because they comprehend a two part story with one part being the not wanting the outcome of just 1 M&M and the other part being the waiting and getting 5 M&Ms. This demonstrates transition from Sentential Behavioral Stage 5 to Preoperational Behavioral Stage in children. This observation allows for understanding of a key transition between Stages. By understanding behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers, it can be possible to observe all sorts of key behaviors that indicate the successful completion of a Stage. Using this methodology can lead to better understanding of one's place in a behavioral development sequence and an increased ability to train new behaviors. |
|
|
74. The Role of Understanding Large Numbers in Non-Human Animals and Human Children |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
KYLE FEATHERSTON (The College of William & Mary), Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Darlene Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: While children seem to progress with relative ease from rudimentary counting to true counting, the literature on animals suggests that even primates struggle in this transition and may not ever progress to true counting. Due to the manner in which studies on animals have been conducted, it is difficult to ascertain the Stage of different species. Whether or not any species besides humans has the capability of true counting is unclear, but a review of the evidence indicates that there is nothing that suggests that they can. The difficulty lies with the fact that they cannot get to big numbers. Illiterates can also not count high, which demonstrates that there may be a correlation between symbolic language use and counting to high numbers. One point that will be addressed is at what behavioral development stage can human children count to higher numbers. This will help understand the behavioral developmental stage that other animal species have reached. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
|
75. The Predictive Validity of a Parent-Report Measure of Verbal Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Sandra Shirk (Marcus Autism Center), Bhavna Kansal (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is a widely-used instrument by clinicians who wish to assess a child’s verbal behavior across several language and adaptive skill domains. Data are typically collected via direct observation by a trained clinician, and administration typically requires several hours. In clinical situations where there are limited time and resources, it could be beneficial to administer a parent-report measure that estimates the approximate “level” an individual would score on the VB-MAPP. The Marcus Brief Language Questionnaire (MBLQ) was developed for clinicians to derive an estimate of a child’s language skills across 11 domains, such as requesting, labeling, and play skills, based on caregiver report. The present study seeks to examine the predictive validity of the MBLQ for predicting score ranges on the VB-MAPP (i.e., level). Archival data from over 30 participants who were administered both an MBLQ and VB-MAPP will be compared. Results will include predictive validity of the tool and the utility of a caregiver-report of an individual’s functional language skills will be discussed. |
|
|
76. The Effects of Manipulating Establishing Operations on Teaching Children With Autism to Mand Using "How?" |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ALANOUD AL SAUD (The Chicago School of Professional psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Abstract: The present study examined the effects of manipulating establishing operations on teaching children with Autism to mand using how? Methods: A multiple baseline across activities was implemented, while one activity was in mand training the rest remained in baseline. Data was collected on independent mands how? Across all conditions of the experiment. Which were baseline, initial mand training, 5s delay of prompt, 5s delay of partial prompt and generalization probe to novel people. Results: Results show that manipulating establishing operations did have an affect on the participants learning to mand using how?. Both participants learned to mand how? independently even though they only received direct training for two out of the five activities. Generalization to novel people also occurred for both participants. Discussion: Some of the limitations were: - There was no baseline data on the occurrence of independent mands how? when the participants mother ran the session. - The number of participants was a slight increase from original study (only 2 original had 1) - A minor limitation was the time between one session and the next was not constant. |
|
|
77. Review of the Use of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) in Published Literature |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is an instrument used by clinicians who wish to assess a child’s behavior across many language and developmental domains. Derived from Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior, the VB-MAPP is comprehensive, built from proven empirical research, and allows for clinicians to easily derive treatment plans based on results from the assessment. Despite these strengths, little research has been conducted on the instrument’s reliability and validity. Further, questions remain as to how results from the assessment are interpreted and used in an individual’s language programming. The present study sought to review the literature to determine how the VB-MAPP has been utilized in published studies. Out of 41 published studies that mentioned the VB-MAPP, 25 studies met inclusion criteria for this review, by utilizing data from the VB-MAPP in participant descriptions or outcome comparisons. Studies included in the review will be discussed in light of the type of VB-MAPP data they utilized, and for what purposes. Recommendations for future research examining the VB-MAPP as an assessment instrument will be provided. |
|
|
78. Using Behavior Chain Interruption to Teach Mands for Actions to Children With Autism Who Communicate Using an iPad-Based Speech-Generating Device |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Children with autism who do not fully develop speech are often taught to use speech-generating devices (SGDs) as an alternative communication mode. Intervention with SGDs often begins by teaching the child to mands for preferred object. To date there is limited research investigating the use of speech-generating devices to make advanced mands. The current study aimed to extend the literature on teaching advanced manding skills by evaluating methods for teaching mands for actions using an iPad-based SGD. Using behavior chain interruption strategy, we taught three nonverbal children with autism to mand for actions. We also assessed for generalization to a novel stimulus. Specifically, a behavior chain interruption (blocking assess format) was used to contrive the motivating operation. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this intervention. All three participants acquired the target mand, however generalization to a novel stimulus only occurred for one participant. These results suggest that mands for actions can be taught to children with autism using SGDs and the behavior chain interruption strategy. |
|
|
79. The Effects of Script Fading Within a Matrix Design on Vocalizations During Play |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY LEE BARTLETT (Marcus Autism Center), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Jordyn Turner (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in appropriate functional play as well as social communication during play. Studies show typical play skills can foster social interactions with peers (Pierucci, Barber, Gilpin, Crisler, & Klinger, 2015). Without intervention play of children with autism is often ritualistic and void of social engagement (Wing, Gould, Yeats, & Brierly, 1977). The current study used script fading as a method of prompting item-specific spontaneous vocal initiations during play. Three play activities each with 4 toys items that were categorically related (i.e. Doctors Kit: thermometer, stethoscope, syringe, and plessor) were selected. For each toy item within the play activity, 3 vocal responses were selected and included the name of the item, a feature of the item, and the function of the item. The toy items and the vocal responses were arranged in a matrix resulting in 3 matrices (i.e., play activities) each consisting of 4 items and 3 vocal response types. During baseline, vocalizations were recorded during play with the play activities. Following baseline, intervention for Matrix 1 was conducted. The diagonal targets were taught, as together they a contained a component of every response. Following mastery of the diagonal targets, the non-diagonal targets were probed to measure emergence of non-targeted vocal initiations during play. Next the untrained Matrix 2 and Matrix 3 were tested. Results demonstrated emergence of untrained vocal responses in all 3 matrices. |
|
|
80. Assessing Communication Repair Strategies Across Two Modalities of Communication With a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Study |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA MARIE BRAVO (Victoria University of Wellington), Laura Roche (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The current pilot study aimed to directly assess the communication repair strategies of a 6-year-old girl with autism spectrum disorder in the context of a communication breakdown. The child had previously been taught to use an iPad-based speech-generating device to mand for preferred foods and was also able to request by speaking approximations of words (e.g., snack, please). After preferred snacks were presented to the child, repair strategies were assessed across conditions where the child either did, or did not have access to the speech-generating device under varied schedules of reinforcement. The assessment included three types of trials presented in a random order: (a) the childs initial mand form, which, was reinforced immediately (T1), (b) the experimenter requested clarification once and then reinforced the first mand form that occurred after that request for clarification (T2), or (c) the experimenter requested clarification twice and then reinforced the first mand form that occurred after the second request for clarification (T3). The results suggest that across both phases, the childs response class hierarchy was comprised of primarily response modifications where the individual combined modalities of communication (e.g. speech-generating device activation with speech, or prelinguistic communication with speech) to repair initial mands. |
|
|
81. A Comparison of Picture Touch and Modified Sign Language Training to Establish Discriminated Mands in a Child With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIA KINCAID (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Dianna M. Shippee (Marcus Autism Center), Meighan Adams (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center/ Emory University School of Medicine), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center/ Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have limited speech abilities and may require the use of alternative communication systems in order to effectively communicate with others. A few studies have compared different communication modalities in an effort to determine which form of communication may be most effective when teaching requesting skills (Tincani, 2004; Barlow, Tiger, Slocum, & Miller, 2013). The current study is a replication and extension of the comparison study conducted by Barlow and colleagues in 2013 and consists of a multiple probe design across behaviors (mands) with an embedded alternating treatments design. In this study, experimenters simultaneously taught the modified sign and picture touch for one preferred item while two additional items remained in baseline. Once mastery criteria were met for a mand item a post-test consisting of correspondence checks between the indicating response (i.e., pointing to preferred item), mand, and item consumed was conducted for all three mand items. Preliminary data suggest mands taught using picture touch may be acquired more rapidly than modified sign, are discriminated from other mands, and generalized this skill with untaught items. These data and their clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
|
82. An Evaluation of Two Tact Training Procedures on Tact Acquisition |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATE LA LONDE (Michigan State University), Ana Duenas Garcia (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Tact training is a common procedure in early intervention programs for children with autism. Previous research has compared tact training with and without a supplemental question (e.g., What is it?) on the number of tacts acquired and has found that results are idiosyncratic across individuals with autism. The current study replicates previous research by comparing two tact training interventions and extends the literature by including a naturalistic pre and post probe to determine if the different procedures have an effect on tacts emitted in a naturalistic setting (i.e., during play). A repeated acquisition design was used to evaluate two instructional procedures on percentage of correct tacts during discrete trial training. In addition, each participant completed discrete trial and naturalistic pre and post probes for sets of stimuli to determine if the instructional procedures had an effect on rates of spontaneous tacts during a play condition with a therapist. Implication for clinical practice and potential collateral effects of different procedures to teach tacts will be discussed. |
|
|
83. Self-Motivation Among College Athletes: What Difference Can a Coach Make? |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
PETER COILEY (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Devin Carter (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Center for Applied Behavior Systems), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Sport psychologists claim self-motivation is key to becoming a successful athlete. Plus, behavioral scientists have found that perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness enhance self-motivation. Question: How does the verbal behavior of coaches benefit or stifle the self-motivation of college athletes? We explored empirical answers to this question by systematically observing verbal interactions between college wrestling coaches and wrestlers during practice and during inter-collegiate competition. We have developed and applied a behavioral checklist to categorize a coach's statements as potentially increasing or decreasing a wrestler's perception of autonomy, competence, and/or relatedness, and used a semantic differential to assess wrestlers� perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness, as well as their overall self-motivation before and after practice and a competition. Preliminary data after just two weeks of observations show that 65% of coaching feedback is corrective and of the 35% supportive feedback behaviors, 68% were general rather than behavior-based feedback. We believe more data and an in-depth analysis of our findings have potential to show connections between coaching behavior and self-motivation is worthy of an ABAI poster presentation and interactive discussion with conference attendees. |
|
|
84. Evaluation of the Effect of Tact Interventions on Emerging Intraverbals in Children With Developmental Disabilities: A Literature Review |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
MADISON CLOUD (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: In order to better understand the possible relationship between tacts and intraverbals, a systematic review of the existing literature on the use of tact interventions to establish intraverbal response skills was conducted. There were seven articles identified. The articles found were then analyzed to determine the types of prompts or training that had been implemented. Studies designed to compare the effectiveness or efficiency of different intraverbal training procedures were also identified and analyzed. The existing literature shows that tact prompting (transfer of tact stimuli) is the most common tact intervention used to produce emergent intraverbals. When compared to the efficiency and effectiveness of other styles of intervention, including echoic prompting, cue-pause-point prompting, textual prompting, and prompt delay, the results are inconclusive. Furthermore, no articles were found that compared tact prompting to tact training. More research is needed in this area to better establish the potential role of tact interventions for intraverbal response skills. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
|
85. Using a Multiple Schedule to Reduce Classroom Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SOPHIE KNUTSON (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A four-year-old typically developing child was referred for classroom problem behavior, including aggression, disruption, and inappropriate vocalizations. Through observation in the classroom, we determined that problem behavior occurred most often when teacher attention was diverted or unavailable. A multiple schedule was implemented to teach the child when teacher attention was and was not available. A double-sided laminated card indicated the schedule component in effect; the blue card indicated the availability of teacher attention, and the orange side indicated attention extinction. One classroom teacher implemented the multiple schedule in the preschool classroom throughout the day. The initial schedule was 20 s of reinforcement and 20 s of extinction. Schedule intervals increased across sessions, in addition to a period in which the duration of the multiple schedule components varied based on the classroom activities and teacher’s determination of the appropriate schedule values. A second teacher also implemented the multiple schedule in the classroom. There was an overall reduction in frequency of mands for teacher attention, teacher attention provided, and the duration of restraint. |
|
|
86. Parent Survey of Behavioral and Other Treatment Methods for Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ADRIENNE M. PERRY (York University), Rebecca Goldreich (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Youth with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) often display problem behaviour and deserve evidence-based behavioral treatment. Research suggests (though not conclusively) that males, those who are older, have lower skill levels, and have comorbid Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), are more likely to exhibit behaviour problems. However, little is known about what treatment methods are adopted by parents in community samples. Parents of 390 Canadian children/adolescents completed an online survey that included information regarding 6 types of treatment for 4 types of problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, stereotypy, and psychopathology). Results were examined by diagnosis, age, gender, and adaptive skill level. Treatment methods for aggression, for example, are illustrated in the Figure for two diagnostic groups (ID only or ASD+ID) and two age groups (3-12; 12-20 years). Informal behavioral/teaching strategies were most common in all 4 subgroups. Medication tended to be more frequent in both older groups. Formal behavioral treatment programs were surprisingly infrequent overall but significantly more common in the ASD+ID group versus the ID only group. The very low percentage of youth with ID receiving formal behavioral treatment indicates a need for ABA services for this group especially. |
|
|
87. Treatment of Imitation Generalization Across Structured and Unstructured Teaching Environments for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
OLIVIA CULBERTSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Virginia Institute of Autism), Sabrena Samuel (Virginia Institute of Autism), Sarah Dillon (Virginia Institute of Autism), Danielle Peterson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Johanna Kester (Virginia Institute of Autism), Carrie Baker (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Imitation is a prerequisite skill which is often necessary to prompt and teach more complex behaviors. The goals of the current study were to (a) teach a 5 year-old child diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) the prerequisite skill of imitation; (b) teach fine motor, gross motor, and object targets across structured and unstructured teaching environments simultaneously; and (c) replicate the teaching model of Striefel (1974) using a most-to-least prompting hierarchy. The components of Striefels protocol were replicated: assessing and teaching prerequisite skills for imitation, selecting training targets, presenting the predetermined targets, choosing the order in which targeted will be trained, and training the chosen targets. In addition, two sets of generalization probes were presented to determine if the imitation skill had generalized to nontrained targets. This study was completed within a multielement design between trained targets and generalization probes. Data were collected on correct responding per trial and mastery criteria were 80% correct responding. Results demonstrated that the training program was effective in teaching the trained imitation targets (n=84) when compared to untrained targets (n=30). After training targets to mastery, the child began engaging in the nontrained targets across all types of targets and across teaching environments. |
|
|
88. Validation of a Concurrent Operants Demand Assessment Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BIANCA MACK (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Shannon Hewett (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Call, Pabico, and Lomas (2009) and Roscoe, Rooker, Pence, and Longworth (2008) created two assessments to identify the reinforcing efficacy of escape from various demands. Results for both of these assessments yielded a rank order of demands in terms of aversiveness. However, both assessments relied upon the occurrence of problem behavior, which served as a dependent variable. Identifying the aversiveness of tasks can also be useful for individuals who do not engage in problem behaviors, which precludes the use of these assessments. The current study evaluated a choice-based demand assessment that did not require the occurrence of problem behavior with two participants. A Concurrent Operants Demand Assessment presented participants with two demands and prompted them to choose one. After pairing each demand with every other demand, results yielded a rank order of highest- to lowest-preferred demands. Following the demand assessment, the degree to which the highest- and lowest-preferred demands functioned as negative reinforcers was assessed using a progressive-ratio analysis in which completing each task produced access to a positive reinforcer. Responding by both participants produced higher break points for the high-preferred task, suggesting the potential utility of this novel method of assessing demands without requiring the occurrence of problem behavior. |
|
|
89. Refinements, Outcomes, and Follow-Up Results from a Toileting Program Targeting the Treatment of Enuresis for Individuals with Developmental Delays |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SHANNON HEWETT (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Toilet training is a significant milestone for every child and for every child's parents. Through mastery of this skill the child gains independence and the parents lose the stress, burden, and cost associated with having a child in diapers. For children who are diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities, this basic self-help skill may present significant hurdles. Whereas typically developing children generally achieve continence by two to four years of age (Blum, Taubman, & Nemeth, 2003) individuals diagnosed with developmental delays are often delayed in achieving independent continence or never achieve it at all. Lack of effective treatment can inhibit children’s independence, cause social stigma, and extend their dependence on caregivers (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). The current study includes datasets from a clinical protocol for the treatment of enuresis that includes several refinements to previous methods. In addition, long-term outcomes that show sustained continence and emergence of skills that were not specifically targeted for intervention (e.g., self-initiation) will be presented. |
|
|
90. Probing End of Treatment Goals to Guide Treatment Fading |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLEN PORTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Function-based interventions often begin with dense schedules of reinforcement to increase the likelihood of treatment success. However, once an intervention is successful using a dense schedule of reinforcement, the schedule needs to be thinned to make it more manageable and practical in a natural setting. At times, this may involve the use of arbitrary and inefficient fading procedures (i.e. gradually thinning from FR1 to FR2, FR3, FR4, etc.). Based on the recommendations made by LeBlanc, Hagopian, Maglieri, & Poling (2002), we evaluated the effects of periodically probing a terminal treatment schedule to systematically determine how quickly schedule thinning could be advanced. Three children with autism and intellectual disability who engaged in severe problem behavior participated. Periodic terminal probes were implemented to derive the most efficient schedule thinning increments while maintaining clinically significant reductions in problem behavior for all three participants. Future research will involve a comparison between two types of schedule thinning procedures using a multiple baseline design within participants to evaluate the efficiency of this method. |
|
|
91. Corrective Feedback as the Aversive Factor During Demands |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Monica Urich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior may find specific aspects of demands aversive, such as the type of feedback given. Over the years several procedural modifications within functional analyses have been described to best capture problem behavior during demands (Beavers et al., 2013; Hagopian et al., 2013). The current study explored an assessment to determine if corrective feedback was the aversive factor maintaining problem behavior. Two individuals aged 7 and 12-years-old, admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe aggressive behavior, participated in this study. Error correction and no error correction conditions were evaluated in either a multi-element or reversal design. In both demand conditions, a subjective task (i.e., folding clothes, sweeping) was selected to minimize teaching inaccuracy and 30 s of escape was provided for problem behavior. During error correction sessions, regardless of whether the response was accurate, the participants were told that a mistake was made (i.e., nice try, but fold it this way). During the no correction condition, only verbal prompts were delivered. Reliability data were collected for 43% of sessions and interobserver agreement averaged 99%. For both participants, problem behavior was observed when corrective feedback was delivered. Treatment implications will be discussed. |
|
|
92. Assessing Mand Topography Preference When Developing a Functional Communication Training Intervention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
S. Shanun Kunnavatana (University of Texas at San Antonio), ALEXANDRA AGUILAR (University of Texas at San Antonio), Crystal Vilano (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common function-based behavioral intervention that is decreases problem behavior by teaching individuals to engage in alternative, appropriate communication responses instead of problem behavior. The form of the alternative response is often arbitrarily selected, which may result in target responses that are too effortful or nonpreferred. Assessing individual mand topography preference may increase treatment effectiveness and promote self-determination in the development of interventions. This study sought to reduce arbitrary selection of FCT mand topography by determining preference during response training and acquisition. Two adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who had no functional communication skills and engaged in problem behavior participated in the study. Three mand topographies were evaluated: picture exchange, sign language, and a voice output device (Proloquo2go) on an iPad. Both demonstrated preference for the voice output device over picture exchange and sign language. The results were then used to implement FCT interventions to reduce problem behavior. |
|
|
93. Increasing Passive Compliance During Health-Related Tasks |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN SWINKELS (Auburn University), Steven Bedell (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may exhibit noncompliance or avoidance behaviors in the presence of specific events or stimuli. The occurrence of problem behavior may impact completion of health-related tasks, such as brushing teeth, haircuts, clipping nails, and wearing glasses or hearing aids. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate progressively more intrusive interventions to increase passive compliance during health-related tasks. Levels of problem behavior and passive compliance were measured during noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), NCR with escape extinction, and differential negative reinforcement of other behavior (DNRO). NCR resulted in decreased problem behavior and increased passive compliance during toothbrushing compared to baseline, but not to clinically relevant levels. NCR with escape extinction resulted in increased problem behavior and similar levels of passive compliance. Next, the use of DNRO will be evaluated to increase passive compliance during toothbrushing. Implications of results for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
|
94. Patterns of Restricted and Repetitive Behavior During Academic and Leisure Contexts |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARISSA ERIN DALY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Erica Lozy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Restrictive and repetitive behavior (RRB) is a core feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder, which can interfere with functioning across several contexts. The current study evaluated the occurrence of RRB across academic and leisure contexts in eight individuals admitted to Inpatient-Neurobehavioral Unit (IP-NBU) of the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Thirty minutes of each context were video-recorded and scored by trained observers. In 75% of cases, RRB was most likely to occur in the leisure context when the individual had physical contact with a toy (mean= 90.93%). Of those cases with high rates of RRB during toy contact, 50% demonstrated a decrease RRB, although still elevated, once engaging with the item. In the academic context, three out of eight individuals engaged in high levels (>50%) of RRB during demand presentation, and 75% of cases engaged in higher levels of RRB during demand presentation compared to their mean RRB during academics. In 25% of cases, high levels of compliance (mean=84.46) were observed despite elevated rates of RRB (mean=66.4) during the demand presentation. These data demonstrate the variability of restricted and repetitive behavior across leisure and academic contexts, in addition to the ability of toy engagement and academic demand presentation to compete with such behavior. |
|
|
95. The Use of Multiple Schedules to Thin Schedules of Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER PERSONS (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Valori N. Berends (Seattle Children's Hospital), Natalie Badgett (University of Washington), Shari Corboy (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Anna Levin (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Lacy Cheers (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) has been shown to be an effective treatment for problem behavior engaged in by individuals with developmental disabilities by teaching them to make a functionally equivalent communicative response (Carr & Durand, 1985). However, FCT is often not a practical treatment for long-term use by families if the individual requests reinforcement at a high rate. Hanley et al. 2001 demonstrated that multiple schedules effectually thinned schedules of reinforcement while maintaining low rates of disruptive behavior. The current study examined the use of multiple schedules as a schedule thinning methodology for two participants diagnosed with autism who engaged in severe disruptive behaviors. For both participants, a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) was completed via interview or functional analysis and positive reinforcement was identified as maintaining disruptive behaviors. Subsequent to the FBA, FCT was evaluated using an ABAB design. Following replication of the treatment effects, a multiple schedules arrangement was used to thin the schedule of reinforcement from 10 seconds to 180 and 200s respectively while maintaining low rates of disruptive behavior. These results partially replicate previous research on methods to thin reinforcement schedules following FCT to make the treatment implementation practical for care providers |
|
|
96. Brief Evaluation of Preference for Dimensions of Reinforcement to Inform a Token Economy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado), Aimee Sue Alcorn (Children's Hospital Colorado), Gwendolyn Clark (Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate one 6-year-olds preference for dimensions of reinforcement to inform a token economy. Inter-observer agreement was above 80%. A functional analysis showed noncompliance was maintained by negative reinforcement. During Experiment 1, conducted within a concurrent schedules design, a paired stimulus preference assessment for rate, immediacy, quality, and magnitude of reinforcement occurred. Results showed the participant most preferred a high rate of token delivery and high-quality reinforcement. In Experiment 2, conducted within an ABAB reversal design, the more-preferred token economy was compared against a less-preferred token economy. The more-preferred token economy delivered tokens according to a high rate of reinforcement to earn a high-quality reinforcer for 2 min (low magnitude) after a 5-min delay (delayed reinforcement) The less-preferred token economy delivered tokens according to a lower rate of reinforcement to earn a lower-quality reinforcer for 6 min (high magnitude) immediately after finishing work (immediate reinforcement). Results showed elevated levels of noncompliance when the less-preferred token economy was implemented. Near zero levels of problem behavior occurred when the more-preferred token economy was implemented. Task completion was higher for the more-preferred token economy. Results will be discussed to assist practitioners when developing token economies. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Sunday Noon |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Biddeford School District) |
|
97. Hear It From the Experts: Western Michigan University's Practitioner Resources for Behavior Analysts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALISSA ANNE CONWAY (Western Michigan University), Lilith Reuter Yuill (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: Dr. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D., BCBA-D and Dr. Stephanie Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D are co- investigators of the Autism Center of Excellence (ACE) grant funded by the Michigan Department of Health and Human Services to enhance services for children, adolescents, and adults with autism spectrum disorder. The field of applied behavior analysis continues to emphasize the need for finding effective training methods for behavior analytic practitioners (e.g. RBT, BCaBA, BCBA) in evidence-based practices. As part of the grant initiative, Western Michigan University has developed a series of video interviews with supplemental materials from national experts in applied behavior analysis (ABA), autism, and behavioral pediatrics. These practitioner resources are designed to enhance the ability of practitioners and students in training them to better understand and implement behavior analytic assessments and evidence-based behavioral interventions (EBBIs). Viewing data from the practitioner resource video interviews will be reported. |
|
|
98. A Partnership Between School-Based and Clinic-Based Behavior Analysts: An in Depth Analysis Following Undifferentiated Results |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DEVA CARRION (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: The Challenging Behavior Service (CBS) is a 6-year project in which the Iowa Department of Education contracted with experienced behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) at the University of Iowa Childrens Hospital to consult with and train school-based challenging behavior specialists to independently conduct experimental analyses and preference assessments. Across the years of the project, trainees have increased their use of these assessments. Given the increase in valid behavioral assessments in the schools, school referrals to CDD behavior clinics often involve more complex analyses of problem behavior that go beyond standard functional analyses. We present a case example to illustrate. Lucy, an 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism and intellectual disability, exhibited self-injurious behavior (SIB). A structural analysis and a functional analysis conducted by the CBS Team yielded undifferentiated results. She was then seen at the CDD BioBehavioral Day Treatment clinic for an extended analysis. A four phase functional analysis was conducted to determine the specific environmental variables mediating Lucys SIB. Results indicated that Lucys SIB was automatically maintained, however, physical attention modulated the rate of SIB. This case provides an example of the partnership occurring between school-based consultants and clinicians following an extensive state training initiative. |
|
|
99. Systematic Fading of a Long-Term Behavior Reduction Procedure in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEIGH COOPER (NYC Autism Charter School), Nicole Pearson (NYC Autism Charter School), Mel Romualdez (NYC Autism Charter School), Nathara Bailey (NYC Autism Charter School), Emily Borden (NYC Autism Charter School) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: While there is substantial research on various interventions to reduce maladaptive behavior in individuals with autism, fewer studies focus on how to successfully fade such interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of systematically fading the Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates (DRL) component of a multi-component behavior reduction procedure on the rates of noncompliance in an adolescent with autism across his school day. This procedure was initially teacher-monitored and required the use of a rule board containing three stickers and a timer which were visible to the student at all times. Low rates of the target behavior were reinforced with access to a highly preferred activity at the end of each time interval. Data were collected in three-minute partial intervals across the school day. Over the course of more than 24 months, the DRL procedure was successfully faded to a student-monitored system in which the student wears a watch containing a single sticker and the time interval has been incrementally increased while target behavior has maintained at near zero rates. Data suggest that systematic strategies can be used to successfully fade a restrictive behavioral intervention in a school setting. |
|
|
100. The Use of PECS in Classrooms: Review of the Literature and List of Essential Competences for Special Education Teacher Preparation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
RASHED ALDABAS (University of Northern Iowa) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: Augmentative and Alternative Communication systems (AACs) have been used to support communication abilities of children with severe communication impairments. The purpose of this paper is to present the effectiveness of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) as an element of AAC. Discussion indicates that PECS is a supportive and meaningful technique for increasing communication skills for children with limited functional communication skills. Finally, this paper discusses how educators can support the use of PECS and other AACs. |
|
|
101. Investigating the Symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress in Fathers of Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
CLINTON SMITH (University of Tennessee at Martin), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Robert Williamson (Simon Fraser University), Susan Elswick (University of Memphis) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: The prevalence of autism has risen significantly with as many as 1 out of 68 children are diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The underlying cause of stress or post-traumatic stress symptoms experienced by parents is not clear but some evidence of these symptoms can be found in reports of strain, pressure, and tension revolving around the task of day to day parenting a child with autism, a lack of support by professionals, receiving a diagnosis, communication difficulties with the child, inappropriate behaviors exhibited by the child, and an over reliance on maladaptive coping strategies incorporated by parents can also impact the amount of stress. The participants in this study consisted of 83 fathers of children diagnosed with autism from across the United States. The current study isolated respondents to only fathers in an effort to determine if the results of the 2012 Casey et al study (1 in 5) would hold true with a larger N consisting of only fathers. Such clarification may help to potentially differentiate therapies for such fathers and to examine the methods used to provide services, education, and therapies to them. To ensure replication, the LASC was the selected instrument, recruiting efforts, and on-line format was utilized so that comparisons could logically be made from this study to the 2012 study. Data specifically on how the diagnosis impacts fathers may help to potentially differentiate therapies and increase the quality and/or scope of the treatment methods used to provide services, education, and therapies to the dads in the childs life. Results from the LASC show that seventeen (21%) of the fathers scored moderate to extreme in all three subscales: re-experiencing trauma (Category B), avoidance and numbing (Category C), and increased arousal (Category D). Results also show that twenty-two additional fathers (27%) experienced moderate to extreme stress in at least two of the categories mentioned above. The findings from the study noted that fathers in the non-stress group have difficulties keeping a job, exhibit pervasive disgust, are easily fatigued, show marked self-consciousness, have difficulty with keeping friends of the same sex, and show signs of depression. Implications for practice for caregivers, therapists, and medical personnel are discussed to further help fathers of children diagnosed with autism who maybe experiencing stress or post-traumatic stress symptoms. |
|
|
102. Comparative Investigation of Differences Between Special and General Education Teachers' Perceptions About Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
MUHAMMED KARAL (The Pennsylvania State University), Paul Riccomini (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: Increased rates of students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are documented throughout the world. In Turkey, there are currently 100,000 students under the age of 14 with ASD and increasing each year by approximately 5,000 students. As a result of the current population and increased prevalence, special education and general education teachers are providing educational services and supports to increasing numbers of students with ASD. The purpose of this study is to examine teachers perceptions of students with ASD. The Autism Attitude Scale for Teachers (AAST) was administered to 117 general education (n= 53) and special education (n= 63) teachers in 19 Education Centers for Children with Autism in Turkey. Results indicate that both groups are receptive to students with ASD, but special education teachers have more positive perceptions of students with ASD. Implications for teacher certification programs and continued professional development initiatives are presented. |
|
|
103. Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Restaurant Skills to Young Adults With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTOPHER MORGAN (Florida Institute of Technology; Faison School for Autism), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: It is apparent that society views employment as a highly valued outcome. Being able to provide for your self and add meaningful work to a community is viewed as a key component to being an independent individual. Despite the apparent need for tactics and procedures to teach quality job skills to individuals with autism there is a paucity of empirical data. This study evaluated behavioral skills training, in a multiple baseline across behaviors design, for teaching four employable restaurant skills to an 18 year old individual diagnosed with autism. The restaurant skills were taught in the natural environment of a fully functioning and open restaurant. The four skills including setting up and running a commercial dishwasher, polishing and rolling silverware, cleaning a bathroom, and bussing a table were selected based on feedback provided from the restaurant as being the most difficult skills to teach. The present study demonstrated that behavioral skills training was immediately effective in teaching the participant all four restaurant skills. |
|
|
104. Statewide Assessment of Teachers' Perceptions Related to Educating Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SARAH BLUMBERG (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Whitney Loring (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Heartley B. Huber (Vanderbilt University), Emily Kuntz (Vanderbilt University), Victoria Knight (Vanderbilt University), LaTamara Garrett (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: Federal legislation calls for educators serving students with autism spectrum disorder to use evidence-based practices, however it is increasingly demanding for educators to access capacity-building professional development required to implement such strategies with high fidelity. The assessment in the current study evaluated the perception of 535 special educators in preschool through high school settings on the importance and level of preparedness across instructional areas, use of instructional practices, access to training or resources on evidence-based practices, and perceived comfort implementing these practices before and after professional development. A survey was emailed on the frequency of usage of evidence-based practices as defined by the National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorder, sources of training on these practices, factors influencing the selection of practices, and instructional skills. The preliminary results indicate educators recognize the importance of instruction in core content and non-academic areas for students with autism spectrum disorder, but indicate inadequacy in preparation and access to training and resources. Reported levels of confidence decreased immediately after receiving training indicating educators may not be implementing with fidelity or accurately understand implementation of strategies. Results strongly indicate the need to provide ongoing training and support is crucial. |
|
|
105. Teaching Foundational Skills to Students With Autism: Evaluation of a Targeted Curriculum |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TIFFANY NEGUS (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: A within-subject multiple baseline probe design across skills was used to evaluate the efficacy of lesson plans designed for teaching foundational skills. Nineteen students at a behavior-analytic school for children with autism served as participants. Three skills were selected for each participant from the New England Center for Children-Core Skills Assessment (NECC-CSA), and corresponding lesson plans were sourced from the Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia (ACE). Lesson plans specified teaching formats (e.g., discrete trials, task analysis), contexts (location and stimuli), and steps for implementing and fading prompts. Weekly probe sessions were conducted over approximately 15 weeks. Daily teaching sessions for the 3 skills began in weeks 2, 6, and 10. Performance improved in 2 or 3 skills for 16 participants. These results demonstrate the efficacy of the teaching strategies employed and the study serves as a potential model for experimental evaluation of curricula. Approaches for troubleshooting areas of slow progress are discussed. |
|
|
106. Early Learning Support for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ELSA): Bridging Clinical and Educational Models |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LERA JOYCE JOHNSON (Easter Seals DC|MD|VA) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: This report chronicles lessons learned in the integration of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), early childhood education, special education, and early intervention paradigms for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or Social Communication Disorder (SCD). Early Learning Support for Children with Autism (ELSA) emerged as Easter Seals Childcare Development Center in the District of Columbia harmonized their ongoing inclusive program with early intervention services (under IDEA Part C) for their children with autism. Easter Seals added ABA to their in-house therapeutic services to provide 2:1 ABA support for children with autism 6 hours per weekday to reap the benefits of inclusion. ELSA children access the general curriculum rather than have 1-on-1 pull-out sessions to address skill deficits or be placed in special segregated classrooms. ELSA combines evidence-based therapies for Naturalistic Teaching Strategies, Pivotal Response Training, transdisciplinary delivery, multidisciplinary collaboration, and parent coaching under the early intervention paradigm that emphasizes routine-based intervention and capacity building among caregivers. This hybrid approach uses push-in strategies to encourage functional communication, engagement with activities, social interaction with others, and achievement of smooth transitions. Intervention program outcomes are measured through aggregate and individual success, anecdotal comments indicating generalization of skills, and improvements across therapies and domains. |
|
|
107. An Evaluation of the Model Me Kids' Curriculum for Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA MCCOY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin) |
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta (The New England Center for Children/Western New En) |
Abstract: An impaired development in social skills is one of the core-defining characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). In clinical practice, behavioral interventions are widely used as a treatment for increasing social skills for successful everyday interactions and the development of meaningful friendships. The current study employed a multiple-baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the use of Model Me Kids' to teach social skills to five children with a diagnosis of ASD. Model Me Kids' is a social skills curriculum that employs video modeling and role-play to teach behaviors imperative to a child's social development. Results of the current study show increases in knowledge and demonstration of targeted social skills across all five participants, with some evidence of generalization to natural contexts. The findings of the current study indicate that, in clinical practice, supplemental procedures that program specifically for generalization may be necessary to enhance the practice of acquired skills in the natural environment. Such procedures could increase the attainment of individuals who avail of the curriculum. |
|
|
108. Comparison of Peer Communication of Children With Autism During iPad, Shared Active Surface, and Analog Art Activites |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON TRAVERS (University of Kansas), Molly Pomeroy (KidsTLC), Molly Pomeroy (KidsTLC), Zhe An (University of Kansas), Margaret Williamson (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Two Dyads comprised of one child with autism and one typically developing peer were exposed to three conditions in order to observe effects on communication and engagement. Preschool age peers were trained using a peer mediated intervention protocol and paired with a child who had autism. Three conditions were employed to observe the relationship between the materials and communication of the dyads. The first condition involved a shared active surface, which functions like a large tablet for multiple and simultaneous users. The device uses touch point user interface and can accommodate 40 simultaneous touches (i.e., 4+ users). The shared active surface device allows for multiple children to simultaneously interact with digital content in ways that traditional tablets and mobile devices do not. The device was set to run an art application that allowed for free/non-directive exploration and expression by the users. The second condition involved giving each participant in the dyad a tablet computer and seating both children immediately next to each other. Both apps were set to run an art application similar to the app used in the shared active surface condition. Controls were customized to prevent users from leaving the app during the session. The third condition involved peers standing at a kidney table with art materials (paint, oversized paper, brushes, water) that allowed for free painting. Dependent variables were operationalized and sessions were video recorded for 10s partial interval data collection. Results indicated participant 1 had higher rates of communication during the shared active surface condition, but engagement during shared active surface and tablet conditions were similarly higher than during traditional paint. Participant two showed no differences in engagement across the three conditions, but the tablet condition yielded lower communication when compared to the remaining two conditions. The main finding is that a self-directed art activity on a tablet correlated with lower peer communication. One implication is that tablet computers may interfere with social communication of children with autism, even when peer-mediated intervention is activated. |
|
|
109. Parent-Implemented Self-Management Intervention to Increase On-Task Time for Students With ASD During Independent Home Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (University of Georgia; Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Parents homeschooling children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) largely do not implement evidence-based practices and reported concern with increasing their childs on-task time and independent work completion (Simmons & Campbell, 2014). No published study has applied self-management for on-task behavior with individuals with ASD in the home or included parents as interventionists. This study employs a single-case A-B-A-B withdrawal design across three participants to evaluate the effect of a self-management intervention implemented by homeschool-parents, including participant self-monitoring and self-evaluation, on on-task time during independent work. The intervention addresses an established difficulty for individuals with ASD and an identified challenge to homeschooling this population. Furthermore, this study extends the use of live video technology for parents to collect data during intervention. Correspondence between caregiver and participant ratings is assessed. Results indicate that parents implemented intervention procedures with high fidelity, intervention led to increased on-task time across participants, parents and children rated procedures as high in social validity, and video technology resulted in high correspondence between parent and child ratings. Visual analysis methods were modified to incorporate a mechanism to control for Type I error (i.e., masked visual analysis) to increase the internal validity and scientific credibility of this single-case design study. |
|
|
110. Alternative Therapies for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: An Evidence-Based Practice Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
KRISTINA BROOKSHIRE (Northern Arizona University), Monica Beals (Northern Arizona University), Amanda Bermudez (Northern Arizona University), Sarah Guinea (Northern Arizona University), Christen Maher (Northern Arizona University), Felisha Stead (Northern Arizona University), Matthew Valente (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: A literature review of studies targeting the effects of diverse alternative therapies, including animal-assisted, music, sensory integration and art therapy, on the behavior of children with ASD was conducted. Accessible databases were searched for peer-reviewed articles using specific key terms. Only data-based articles identified were scored according to the 21 quality indicators outlined by Horner, et al (2005) for single-subject design studies. The search resulted in over 120 articles identified as data-based and specifically related to animal assisted therapy, music, sensory integration, art and Autism Spectrum Disorders. Only 85 of these articles could be scored for quality indicators with 100% agreement by two independent reviewers. Reviewers scored and compiled the articles into a database with reliability and were deemed acceptable if the article included between 18 - 21 quality indicators (including all internal validity criteria). Articles that did not meet these criteria were deemed not acceptable (i.e. 17 or fewer quality indicators). The results varied for each therapy; only three empirical articles investigating animal assisted therapy, 12 articles investigating music therapy, 24 articles investigating sensory integration, and two articles investigating art therapy with individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder were found to be acceptable, according to the Horner, et al. guidelines for evidence-based practices. These results suggest that there is some emerging empirical support for some of these therapies with individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, there are many issues that need to be addressed in future research including; issues in diverse methodologies, what constitutes therapy versus an activity, and similar dependent variables. |
|
|
112. Preference Assessment of Teacher Behaviors for Students With Autism and Resulting Student Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANE GRZEBYK (Long Island University), John C. Neill (Long Island University) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Preference assessments have been extensively researched for children with autism. Less research has been conducted regarding childrens preferences for staff. Since children with autism spend a large part of their day with teachers in school or therapeutic environments, it seems fitting that they would develop a preference for teachers. If this occurs, it would also make sense that these preferences may have an effect on the students behavior. Two students with autism and their everyday teachers participated in this study. A multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessment using pictorial presentation established a hierarchy for the students preference for particular teachers. Teachers were ranked as either high or low preference for each student. The effect of each student's preference for a particular staff member on the students behavior was compared in an alternating treatment design. Participants worked in a 1:1 instructional setting for 5 minute intervals. A 10-second partial-interval recording method was used to document the occurrence of problem behavior. As hypothesized, both students engaged in lower rates of problem behavior while working with their highest preferred teacher. Further research is necessary to elucidate the cause of this relationship. |
|
|
113. The Effects of Functional Analysis Session Length on the Determination of Function Utilizing Within-Sessions Data |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBEKAH HINCHCLIFFE (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to extend the research investigating the impact of session length on the outcome of functional analyses. Hanley, Iwata and McCord (2003) indicated conducting brief functional analysis with10 minute sessions, is considered best practice within the field of applied behavior analysis. Wallace and Iwata (1999) showed that the efficiency of functional analyses could be increased with little loss of clarity when conducting sessions as brief as 5 minutes in length. The current study is a post-hoc analysis of the within session data from functional analyses conducted using 10 minute sessions. The within session data was analyzed to determine whether conducting 1 minute, 2 minute or 5 minute sessions could establish the function of the target behavior more efficiently than 10 minute sessions. The data from the tangible and escape conditions that had previously been determined to serve as the function for the target behaviors were utilized for the purpose of this study. This study extends previous research by utilizing reversal and pairwise designs, in addition to data from standard functional analysis. The results of this study indicate functions of the target behavior could be determined using session of lengths of less than 10 minutes. |
|
|
114. Discrete Trial Teaching: A Comparison of Acquisition Rates and Response Maintenance in Young Children With Autism Under Three Different Instructional Arrangements |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TEAL MCALLISTER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Henkle (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Discrete trials teaching (DTT) is one of the most commonly used teaching technologies in early intensive behavior intervention (EIBI) programs. Despite the clinical utility of DTT and their use in the research literature, surprisingly little is known about the relative efficacy of different DTT teaching methods (e.g. massed-trial and task interspersal). The present study adds to the literature by conducting an analysis of the archival data for two young children with autism enrolled in an EIBI program. Specifically, trials to acquisition and performance in maintenance and generalization programming will be evaluated for responses taught using three different DTT methods: 1) Progressive, in which a single target response passes through three phases of instruction that gradually introduce increasing amounts of mastered responses, 2) Modified, in which multiple target responses are taught simultaneously to accuracy before adding mastered responses, and 3) Distributed, in which single target response is taught in isolation and then presented randomly and unpredictably throughout the treatment session. The terminal mastery criterion was the same across methods. Preliminary results suggest that the Progressive method consistently required the most trials to mastery while Distributed required the least. Additional analysis on archival maintenance and generalization data will be conducted. |
|
|
115. Teaching Deictic Verbs in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HIROSHI ASAOKA (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) find it difficult to acquire deictic verbs. Recent research in Relational Frame Theory has developed an analysis of deictic relations in regards to I-You, Here-There, and Now-Then. The purpose of this study was to examine whether training based on complexity of deictic relations promotes acquisition of deictic verbs. The participant was Kena 5- years- and 10- months- old boydiagnosed with ASDs. He was required to walk to a teacher, and give or receive the object in response a certain type of sentence; the sentences were classified by three levels of relational complexity. For example, Ken gives/receives an apple to the teacher. was presented as simple relations. The teacher gives/receives an apple to Ken. was presented as reversed relations. Reversed relations reverse the relations between verbs and Kens behavior. Moreover, sentences used in simple and reversed relations were randomly presented as multiple relations. ABCDA design was used, with A representing pretest/probes of multiple relations, B representing training of simple relations, C representing training of reversed relations, and D representing training of multiple relations. The results demonstrated that the participant learned all types of complexity of deictic relations. |
|
|
116. Reduction of Rapid Eating in an Adolescent Female With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (California State University, Sacramento), Scott Page (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Rapid eating is exhibited by both typically developing persons as well as individuals with developmental disabilities and is considered to be a potentially dangerous and socially inappropriate behavior (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1980). The rather limited behavior analytic research on rapid eating has demonstrated that the use of verbal prompts and vibrating pagers (MotivAider) may be an effective intervention package in the reduction of eating pace (Anglesea, Hoch, Taylor, 2008; Echeverria & Miltenberger, 2013). This study evaluated the effectiveness of a vibrating pager combined with a rule for reducing the pace of eating in one adolescent female diagnosed with autism in a multiple probe design across two different settings (clinic and home). The primary dependent variable was inter-response time between bites. Results indicated that inter-response time did not increase from baseline levels until after a verbal prompt was introduced. The participants pacing quickly came under control of the vibrating pager and prompts were naturally faded from the treatment package. Implications for promoting autonomy in individuals with developmental disabilities are discussed. |
|
|
117. A Brief Behavioral Sleep Intervention Improves Sleep in Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Whitney Loring (Vanderbilt University Medical Center/Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Rebecca Johnston (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Laura Gray (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Suzanne Goldman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Beth Malow (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), AISLYNN KISER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD
) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Sleep problems affect many individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), but little has been researched regarding its behavioral treatment in adolescents with ASD. In this study, 20 adolescents, ages 11-18 years with sleep onset delay and/or night wakings received intervention through 2 sessions and 2 follow-up phone calls. Sessions focused on antecedent strategies of researched components of successful sleep, relaxation, and distraction, and consequence-based strategies of extinction and differential reinforcement. Through actigraphy data, significant improvement was observed in sleep latency (p=0.007) and efficiency (p=0.030). In parent and adolescent reports of the Adolescent Sleep Wake Scale, significant improvement was seen in total score (p<0.001 and p=0.006) and all subscales. In parent and adolescent reports of the Adolescent Sleep Hygiene Scale, significant improvement was seen in total score (p<0.001) and 4 of 5 subscales. Significant improvement in total score was seen in adolescent report of the Modified Epworth Sleepiness Scale (p=0.002). 50% of the sample was contacted 3 months later and gains were maintained for all based on verbal report. Parents reported high satisfaction, understanding, and comfort regarding the intervention. Findings offer promising results in improving sleep for adolescents with ASD through a brief intervention. |
|
|
118. The Introduction of Applied Behavior Analysis and Picture Exchange Communication Systems to Mothers of Children With Autism in Ust-Kamenogorsk, Kazakhstan |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIN MORAN (University of Cincinnati), James Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: April Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: With ABA services unavailable or misunderstood in many parts of the world, it is of great importance that accurate and updated information is disseminated to allow for effective interventions for all individuals with autism. To address the lack of services, specialists and information available in Ust-Kamenogorsk, Kazakhstan, the primary researched completed a two month service project on site. The objectives of this trip included training the parents in the basics of ABA and providing a framework to addressing problematic behaviors. PECS was introduced and after a 4 hour group training session, nine mothers successfully taught their children to communicate with PECS. A nine question 5 point Likert Scale Social validity questionnaires demonstrate a high satisfaction rate with PECS and indicated that the mothers will continue to use and promote this intervention in the future. This project revealed that despite cultural and language differences, ABA was accepted by the parents and very successful in application. |
|
|
119. Imitation Training Promoted Speech Intelligibility in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Previous studies have examined training effect for speech intelligibility in children with autism. Further studies, however need to evaluate the effect. The purpose of this study was to examine whether nonvocal child with autism improved speech intelligibility through using imitation training. Participant was one boy who was 8 years 11months old (MA: 2years 4months old). We used multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate treatment effect for speech intelligibility. Target behaviors were (1) widely mouth open, (2) speech loudness, and (3) sustained sound. In baseline, experimenter modeled target behavior and provided verbal praise and some snacks after child all response, regardless of correct or incorrect. In training, experimenter conducted shaping and was taught to imitate target behaviors. When child response correctly, experimenter provided verbal praise and some snacks. Follow up was same procedure as baseline. Prior to training and post, experimenter showed picture cards to child and elicited to say the name of the card. The result showed that correct responses of training and follow up were increased compared to baseline phase. Child also improved speech intelligibility in post assessment. The result suggested that three of target behaviors were the necessary conditions for promoting speech intelligibility in child with autism. |
|
|
120. The Effects of Differential Observing Responses on the Acquisition of Observational Learning |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Carolyn Page Willke (The Ohio State University), ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Observational learning occurs when one demonstrates noval operants by observing others engaging in a behavior and contacting the contingencies. Without attending to the critical aspects of the live model, observational learning cannot occur. Existing literature has suggested that teaching differential observing responses can prepare individuals with autism to acquire new skills via observational learning. In the current study, we compared the effects of two differential observing responses within an observational learning procedure on the state name identification skills of two children with autism. The differential observing responses being taught were a) vocal imitation of a peer with a matching to sample response, and b) vocal imitation of a peer with a pointing response. An alternating treatment with an embedded reversal design showed that for one participant, both observing responses resulted in the acquisition of states’ names. For the second participant, the vocal imitation plus pointing response resulted in faster acquisition of see-say state naming. Both participants acquired the skill of observational learning when the differential observing responses were removed. We also discussed the limitations, implications for practitioners, and directions for future research. |
|
|
121. Comparing Behavioral Assessment Methods for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA DETRICK (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) procedures have become the gold standard of behavioral assessment of severe and challenging behavior (Vollmer, Roane, and Rone, 2012). With an increasing demand to identify evidence-based practice through randomized clinical trials, a multi-site NIH-funded study is currently underway to determine the efficacy of FA procedures for reducing problem behavior in children with autism. The main objective of this study is to establish the most efficient way for families to reduce problem behavior in their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) by establishing validity of FA procedures. Participants are children, 18-83 months of age, with a confirmed ASD diagnosis, and have severe and/or challenging behavior. Participants in this study are randomly assigned to receive an FA and functional communication training (FCT) tied to the FA results or a pragmatic assessment with corresponding FCT. This poster presents a preliminary comparison between the standard FA and the pragmatic FA results for one of the sites. Both packages were implemented by parents in their homes within multi-element designs. Coaching was provided via telehealth. IOA was collected on 30% of sessions and averaged 80%.The results of this comparison will be discussed, as well as future implications of the assessment of children with autism. |
|
|
122. Systematic Fading of Caregivers Into Treatment to Facilitate Generalization of Treatment Effects |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Individuals who engage in severe problem behavior may engage in differentiated rates of problem behavior depending on the caregiver that is present. Previous research has indicated that higher and more clearly differentiated rates of problem behavior may be observed when the primary caregiver is present compared to times when clinical staff members are present (Kurtz et. al, 2013). It may be difficult to generalize treatment effects to the primary caregiver when the individual engages in significantly higher rates or more intense levels of problem behavior in their presence. The current study includes 2 participants, a 5 year old male diagnosed with Autism and a 4 year old female diagnosed with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. For each participant, rates of problem behavior increased significantly each time the primary caregiver was introduced in to the treatment evaluation sessions. Thus, caregiver fading procedures were initiated so that the primary caregiver implemented treatment procedures for systematically increasing durations during the sessions. Lower and more stable rates of problem behavior were observed when the primary caregiver was gradually and systematically introduced into the treatment sessions across time. |
|
|
123. Teaching a Functionally Equivalent Response With a Competing Item and Response Interruption and Redirection to Reduce Mouthing Inedible Objects |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica M. Dashow (Rutgers University), MIKALA RAE HANSON (Rutgers University), Jennifer Krych (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabil), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders often engage in stereotypical behavior, such as mouthing or consuming inedible objects. The empirical literature has indicated that the use of competing items and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) can be effective for addressing these forms of behavior (e.g., Horner et. al., 1991; Piazza et al., 2000; Zhou et al., 2000). In the current investigation, we assessed the use of an alternative item (bracelet) and RIRD for a 15 year old adolescent male diagnosed with ASD using a reversal design. The student engaged in high levels of object mouthing throughout his school day during baseline. During intervention, the student was given continuous access to an alternative source (silicone bracelet) and was taught an alternative response (biting the bracelet) with RIRD in place in the event that mouthing occurred. The implementation of the alternative item reduced mouthing non-edible objects to approximately 80% from baseline. |
|
|
124. A Comparison of No-No Prompting and Errorless Learning on Errored Responding of Previously Taught Skills Within Discrete Trial Training With Children Having Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CASEY GREGORY (University of West Florida), D. Reed Bechtel (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: This study compared no-no prompting (delayed prompting) and errorless learning (simultaneous prompting) error correction methods on maintenance responding of previously taught skills with three children on the autism spectrum. An alternating treatments design (ATD) with baseline and best treatment was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of each prompting system on maintenance responding. Previously acquired skills that had dropped below acquisition criteria due to off-task behaviors were used as training targets during discrete trial training sessions. IOA averaged 98% (range=95-100% for both occurrence and non occurrence) for all three participants. Treatment fidelity also was high averaging above 98% across all participants with TF IOA also averaging near 100%. Results indicated that both prompt methods increased independent correct responding; rate of acquisition was varied across participants. No-no prompting resulted in more independent correct responding without any response prompts provided as well as more stable correct responding on future trials. Off-task behaviors were decreased more significantly with the use of no-no prompting for all participants. Staff and participants reported a preference for the use of no-no prompting with previously taught skills except for one participant who reported a preference for errorless learning. |
|
|
125. Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Vocalizations Maintained by Attention in a Classroom Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE SUE ALCORN (Children's Hospital Colorado), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado School of Medicine and Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: We present data from a 13 year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder referred to a partial-hospitalization program for the assessment and treatment of inappropriate vocalizations occurring at school. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 16% of sessions and was 100%. A functional analysis of inappropriate vocalizations showed attention as the maintaining variable for inappropriate vocalizations. Within an ABAB reversal design, we evaluated the effectiveness of a functional communication training (FCT) program. During baseline, inappropriate vocalizations were reinforced with adult redirection and, often times, peer attention, in the form of laughter. During FCT, a functional communicative response (FCR) for attention was reinforced following a period of appropriate behavior. That is, the participant would need to participate in independent or group activities for a predetermined period before the FCR would result in reinforcement. Results showed elevated rates of inappropriate vocalizations during baseline sessions and near zero rates of inappropriate vocalizations during FCT. We gradually thinned the schedule of reinforcement for the FCR to 20 minutes. Results will be discussed in terms of their influence on the treatment of problem behavior in a classroom setting. |
|
|
126. Reducing Unhealthy Eating Habits in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder With Novelty Stimulus Introduction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), BRITTANY NICHOLE BELL (Claremont Graduate University), Jenna Gilder (Claremont Graduate University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Children who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) appear to be at higher risk for obesity than the general child population (Hill, Zuckerman, & Fombonne, 2015). This pattern may be due to children with ASD having selective eating habits and the therapists and parents use of food as a reward (Hudson & DeMyer, 1968). In the present study, a multiple baseline design across nine participants was used to assess the effects of stimulus novelty introduction upon childrens snack choices. Baseline consisted of a presentation of typical snack choices based on child and parent desirability reports (chips, cookies, juice, etc.). Intervention included healthy snacks (i.e., butter free popcorn, graham crackers and water) embedded in the presentation of the previous snack choices on the snack tray. During baseline, participants were consistent in their choices and did not request a healthier selection. To date, preliminary results indicate that one child displayed an increase in healthy choices following the introduction of healthy options. This study will be concluded by the time of the conference. The observed shift in choice may be due to stimulus novelty. With obesity on the rise, it is important to provide and promote healthy alternatives to high risk groups. |
|
|
127. Using Discrete Trial Training With Progressive Time Delay Prompting to Teach Phonics to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIA HAINES (Edith Cowan University) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Although international best practice guidelines state that phonics instruction should be, in part, direct and systematic in its delivery, current Western Australian educational curricula and practise does not reflect this in relation to teaching phonics to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, there exists a large reading gap between children with ASD and their same age neurotypical peers; a gap that may start off relatively small at school entry but widens significantly over the course of primary schooling. It was therefore of interest to investigate whether children with ASD could learn phonics when taught using well evidenced direct, systematic techniques based on the principles of applied behaviour analysis. A multiple baseline with multiple baseline across participants (with concurrent measurement). 10 primary school children aged between 5-13 were recruited and split into three groups: Phonics, Numeracy and Control. 4 children were allocated to the phonics group and received discrete trial training (DTT) with progressive time delay prompting (PTD) over an 8 week period to teach phonics, while 4 children were allocated to the numeracy group and taught numerals in the same manner. 2 children were allocated to the control group and received treatment as usual (exposure to the pre-existing classroom curricula to learn phonics or numerals. Results indicated that all participants in the numeracy and literacy groups acquired stimuli as a function of exposure to DTT and PTD, as evidenced by change in level and trend during intervention following a stable low level baseline period. Further, 3 our of 4 participants in the literacy group also demonstrated an ability to transfer their mastered phonemes to the ability to blend consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words. All skills mastered spontaneously generalised to people, time and place during probe sessions, and skills were maintained over a 4 week period. Participants in the control group acquired significantly less stimuli over a significantly longer period of time, and were not able to transfer their learned stimuli to blending CVC words. These results indicate that a) current classroom curricula is not effective in teaching core literacy and numeracy skills, b) children with ASD are capable of learning core literacy and numeracy skills when taught in a systematic, evidence based manner and c) learned phonemes can transfer to the ability to blend CVC words in children with ASD. |
|
|
128. Evaluating the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Autism Intervention Program in Northern Brazil |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIANO ALVES BARBOZA (Universidade Federal do Pará), Álvaro Silva (Universidade Federal do Pará), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Pará) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The shortage of opportunities to access effective intervention to autism in developing countries is a major concern. The advancement of parentimplemented intervention seems to be critical. We evaluated the efficacy of a parent-implemented intervention program offered to low-income families in Northern Brazil. We systematically tracked the evolution of childrens performance and integrity of implementation by their parents. The data show positive impact of the program on skill acquisition by the children and confirms the potential for parent-implemented autism intervention programs. |
|
|
129. Building Social and Employment Outcomes for Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Integrated Employment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Cincinnati), Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: For individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and significant communication and behavior challenges, finding and sustaining community-based employment is a daunting challenge. Traditional pathways to employment that have proven successful for individuals with other developmental disabilities are not able to meet the challenges faced by those with Autism Spectrum Disorder. We describe an inclusive program designed to systematically build social and employment skills for adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder in community settings. The goal of this program is permanent integrated employment for all participants. Data will be presented on the impact of the inclusive program on targeted social skills for one adolescent with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Program elements include video-modeling, task-analyses, and prompting hierarchies. We will use a multiple baseline across settings to evaluate the effects of the intervention on verbal initiations, responses, and continuations. The findings from this study will contribute to the growing body of evidence for best practice in the support of adults with autism in inclusive employment settings. |
|
|
130. Decreasing the Inappropriate Sexual Behavior of Students With Intellectual Disability and Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH SIMONS (The Aurora School; George Mason University), Olivia Caro (The Aurora School), Emily Vidt (The Aurora School) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Research exists reporting the prevalence of inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) by people with autism and intellectual disability. Currently, a lack of research exists suggesting how to manage this problem behavior in school settings. This problem behavior creates a barrier in accessing the community, and ethical considerations in treatment should be considered. Consistent with the field, reinforcement based strategies should be implemented first. At a private day school, two students were selected to participate in the current study. Both students were diagnosed with intellectual disability and one was also diagnosed with autism. Both students engaged in ISB in the form of masturbation frequently throughout the day. Blocking and redirection were unsuccessful and represent the baseline in this study. After the implementation of a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) program, ISB decreased substantially. Staff were able to systematically lengthen the DRO interval while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. Staff report that the procedures were easy to implement and effective. This study shows a reinforcement-based approach to decreasing ISB in school settings. |
|
|
131. Analysis of an Errorless Compliance Intervention With Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI FISHER (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Noncompliance is one of the most frequent and troublesome behaviors exhibited by students. Students who are noncompliant with teacher directions are at risk of not benefiting from academic instruction. In addition, teachers must spend valuable instruction time redirecting students who do not comply with directions and rules. Schools and teachers need proactive, success based strategies to increase the rate of compliance in noncompliant students. One such strategy is Errorless Compliance Training (ECT). Unlike other strategies that use punishment to decrease compliance, ECT focuses on establishing and strengthening compliance with reinforcement only. Although previous research demonstrates that ECT can increase the rate of compliance in formerly noncompliant participants, generalization to individuals other than the trainer does not always occur and generalization to other settings has not been assessed. The current study used a multiple baseline across subjects design to examine the impact of ECT on compliance and to assess generalization of the intervention to non-training settings. ECT was administered to four participants with severe developmental disabilities. Overall, compliance and consistency of compliance to previously low-probability requests increased. Results were mixed with respect to the generalization of the ECT intervention to settings other than the training setting. |
|
|
133. Effect of Incremental Rehearsal on Number Identification of a Child With Multiple Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHENGTIAN WU (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), Carlen Henington (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Early numeracy skills (e.g. numbers, counting, and simple addition) are crucial for higher math skills and generalization of math skills to life settings. However, children with autism may often have limited early numeracy skills (Jimenez & Kemmery, 2013). The flash card is a convenient, and popular format for presenting discrete stimulus items (e.g. numbers) (Kupzyk, Daly, & Anderson, 2011). Among the flash cards interventions, the Incremental Rehearsal (IR) was the most effective one (Varma & Schleisman, 2014). However, there is limited research that has examined the effectiveness of IR on letter recognition of children with autism as well as other disabilities, such as ADHD and Intellectual Disabilities. Thus, the purpose of this is to examine the effect of the IR on number identification of a child with autism, ADHD, and ID. The intervention results showed that the IR improved participants number identification dramatically. The percentage of nonoverlaped data was 100%, which indicated that the intervention was very effective. As for the progress monitor, the student achieved mastery level in his instructional level. |
|
|
134. Voices From the Field: Children With Autism Reflect on General Education Experiences |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
JACQUELINE KELLEHER (Franklin Pierce University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: What are some challenges faced by children and youth with an autism spectrum disorder attending public school? What causes heightened senses of anxiety in the school setting? What can teachers do to be proactive in setting up their classroom or transition times to best support those with an autism spectrum disorder? This poster provides an opportunity to learn from a sample of verbal youth experiencing this world on a daily basis. This qualitative study investigated the perspectives of 10 children in middle and high school concerning what causes sensory arousal in the general education environment. Children were interviewed about their experiences and then data were coded for themes and trends. Findings revealed those on the spectrum struggled the most with sights, sounds, noises, smells, and dealing with the behaviors of typical peers. Specific episodes and occurrences are expanded upon in this study and will be presented on the poster. Participants were also eager to share effective practices that have helped them in the school setting. |
|
|
135. Instructional Method Comparison to Teach Chained Tasks |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), ANDREW SODAWASSER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber Godsey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Physical guidance is a common component in many instructional strategies; however, for some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), physical guidance may be aversive, thus evoking problem behavior that may directly compete with skill acquisition. The current study evaluated three strategies to teach chained tasks to an eight-year-old male with ASD in a day treatment clinic for individuals with severe problem behavior. A multiple baseline across tasks was used to compare: (a) a multiple opportunity probe with noncontingent reinforcement, (b) three-step guided compliance with differential reinforcement, and (c) a single opportunity probe with noncontingent reinforcement. Tasks were equally matched in number of steps, difficulty level, and completion time. Data were collected on percentage of steps completed independently, completion time, and frequency of problem behavior. Preliminary results indicated that the multiple opportunity probe was the only strategy that led to task acquisition (i.e., 3 out of 4 sessions >80%). When this procedure was applied to the other two tasks, similar trends in acquisition were observed. Performance maintained with both acquired tasks. The current evaluation demonstrated: (a) an efficient procedure for evaluating alternative strategies for acquisition and (b) showed that alternative strategies may be preferable for clients when physical guidance evokes aggression. |
|
|
136. Replication of Synthesized Functional Analyses for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Alexandria Boisvert (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Stacy Mahoney (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erin Boylan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Amanda Soles (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Nicholas Vanselow (Salve Regina University; Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Mackenzie J. Milner (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), MATTHEW CLIFFORD (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) proposed functional analysis procedures in which multiple contingencies, based on interviews and observations, are tested in a single pair of test and control conditions. The purpose of the current series of analyses was to systematically replicate the assessment procedures in different settings and with a range of problem behavior. Ten participants who engaged in problem behavior participated in the study. Participants were nine to 14 years old and were diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. All sessions were conducted in the participants typical daily environments. An experimenter delivered the putative reinforcers for problem behavior during test conditions. Reinforcers were different for each participant depending on the outcome of the interview and initial observation (e.g., unique tangible items or escape from experimenter interaction). Reinforcers were delivered non-contingently during control conditions. Each analysis was conducted quickly (average of 8 five-minute sessions) and all analyses demonstrated control over problem behavior. This study supports the procedures proposed by Hanley et al. (2014) and extends the generality of these procedures to additional settings, problem behavior, and types of reinforcers. |
|
|
137. Use of a Bracelet Reinforcement Procedure to Decrease Motor Stereotypy in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services), Lauren Frazee (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Repetitive and stereotypic motor movements or vocal behavior are one of diagnostic characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Motor stereotypy can interfere with the acquisition and demonstration of many adaptive skills. Additionally, the occurrence of repetitive motor behavior in young children with ASD may socially stigmatize individuals and limit the development and maintenance of peer relationships. The current study evaluated the effects of a differential reinforcement procedure used to establish control over motor stereotypy in one instructional context in a childs home. The child was given a bracelet to signal that reinforcement was available only if motor stereotypy did not occur during the specified activity. Once control over motor stereotypy was established in the training condition (playing with an IPad while wearing the bracelet), its use was then expanded to non-training conditions. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing the occurrence of motor stereotypy across all evaluated settings. However, motor stereotypy continued to occur at a low level and was not completely eliminated by the procedure. The findings are discussed in terms of function of behavior as well as establishment and transfer of stimulus control. |
|
|
138. A Comparison of Alternative Oral Stimulation to Decrease Rumination in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE DECKER (Florida Institute of Technology; The Faison School for Autism), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Rumination is defined as the chronic regurgitation, rechewing, and reswallowing of previously ingested food and is estimated to occur in 6 to 10% of individuals with developmental disabilities (Rast, Johnson, Drum, & Conrin, 1981). Rumination that occurs over long periods of time can result in serious health risks including, malnutrition, weight loss, dehydration, tooth decay, choking, gastrointestinal bleeding, and even death (Starin & Fuqua, 1987; Winston & Singh, 1983). Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of non-contingent juice, supplemental feeding, gum, flavor spray and chew rings as a treatment for rumination in children with developmental disabilities. The current study compared these interventions as treatment for a 9-year old boy diagnosed with autism who exhibits post-meal rumination. The results suggested that the majority of these treatments effectively decreased rumination to lower levels. However, juice was shown to increase rumination up to 50%. This study not only discusses the effectiveness of these treatments, but also their social significance. |
|
|
139. Mitigation of Reactivity Via Telehealth: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC), Ashley Pizzoferrato (TACT, LLC) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: Reactivity occurs when the behavior being assessed is altered by the presence of the assessor. This can be particularly problematic when conducting a Functional Analysis, (FA) because the presence of a therapist can compete with the contingencies responsible for problem behavior. In this study, we conducted an indirect assessment in the form of an open ended parent interview in person and used this information to design FA conditions. However, during the initial FA conditions where therapists were present, inconclusive outcomes were obtained, and we hypothesized a reactive effect. Because of this, we completed the FA via telehealth (Wacker et al., 2013). During these conditions, the greatest level of differentiation occurred, indicating a conclusive outcome, and thus an appropriate evocative condition to teach replacement behavior. Treatment consisted of Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Delay - Denial Tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow & Hanratty, 2014). Treatment was completed entirely via telehealth with the participants’ Mother as the primary therapist. Substantial reductions in problem behavior were observed concurrent with elevations in appropriate replacement behavior. This study replicates and extends the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow & Hanratty, 2014), approach to treating problem behavior, as its implementation was conducted entirely without having to require the therapist’s presence. Interobserver agreement was collected for 55 of FA sessions, with a mean of 100% and for 44 of treatment sessions, with a mean of 97%. |
|
|
140. A Consecutive Case Review of Token Systems Used to Reduce Problem Behavior in Individuals with Developmental Delays |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COURTNEY MAUZY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Hailey Ormand (The University of Texas at Austin), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University) |
Abstract: The current poster describes the use of token systems in a behavioral day-treatment unit for severe problem behavior using a consecutive case review spanning three years. Experimenters evaluated 96 cases, 24 of which implemented some token system as a component of the treatment package. Aspects of each token system (including schedules of token delivery and exchange; inclusion of token training and response cost; and types of back-up reinforcers delivered) and participant information (including age, race, diagnosis by history, topographies of problem behavior, and function of problem behavior) were coded. Token systems were most frequently employed during differential reinforcement for alternative (DRA, most commonly for compliance) or differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures and were most common in a demand context. Several commonalities were identified between cases (e.g., restriction of back-up reinforcers between token exchanges, initial dense schedules of reinforcement). Treatment packages including token systems resulted in a reduction in problem behavior for the majority of participants. Our findings suggest that token systems may be a beneficial component of treatment plans used to address problem behavior. Some common components should likely be included in all token systems and specific client variables may guide decision related to more idiosyncratic components. |
|
|
141. Tolerating Aversive Stimuli By Fading In Fear Evoking Stimuli |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
VANESSA MONTANO (Easter Seals Southern California), Stephanie Bettencourt (Easter Seals Southern California), Shu-Hwei Ke (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Stimuli related to television have been identified as fear evoking stimuli for a young participant diagnosed with Autism. These fears also evoked a number of maladaptive behaviors (i.e., elopement, aggression, and property destruction) and became distracting to the participant’s environment and learning. Aversive stimuli were faded in gradually using DRO and Extinction procedures to build the participant’s tolerance level. The participant was exposed to EXT procedures where an aversive stimuli was presented for 30 seconds. Latency to protest was recorded and that was used as the starting point for DRO. DRO was then gradually increased by a few seconds in each trial. The participant was able to tolerate multiple stimuli related to television through the use of DRO and EXT procedures. |
|
|
142. Development and Implementation of Tier I Interventions Within a Residential and a Day Program Setting for Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
WERONIKA POWERS (May Institute), Shannin Seamans (May Institute), Amy Gorman (May Institute), Gordon A. DeFalco (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Positive behavior support (PBS) is an applied science that uses educational and systems change methods (environmental redesign) to enhance quality of life and minimize problem behavior. (Carr, Dunlap, Horner, Koegel, Turnbull, Sailor, Anderson, Albin, Kern Koegel, & Fox, 2002). The objective of this multi-tiered support system (MTSS) is to arrange the environment to be conducive to teaching and learning (Sugai, 2015). PBS consists of three tiers and the present study was intended to evaluate the effectiveness of a Tier 1 system in reducing behavior problems and teaching adaptive social and life skills to 4 adult females with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder living in a community residence and 2 females and 7 males with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder working in a day habilitation program. Behavior expectations unique to each setting were established based on baseline observations of the individuals problem behaviors (e.g., physical aggression) and general requirements of the setting (e.g., wash hands after going to the bathroom). A motivation system was established in each setting for adhering to behavioral expectations and all staff persons were instructed in behavior skill training to teach replacement behaviors to individuals when they did not display behavior expectations. Finally, person centered input is provided through scheduled meetings at the residence and the day program with individuals and staff to discuss problematic issues among the individuals, encourage choice making decisions, and improve peer relations. Interval data collected on behavioral expectations are reviewed by the full PBS team monthly. Initial results indicate an increase in the individuals adherence to behavior expectations and a decrease in problem behaviors in the Day Program but considerable variability in the Residential Program(see attached graph). Since this is the first attempt at a PBS intervention with adults with autism in a residential setting and a day setting additional interventions will be explored in both settings |
|
|
143. Using Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors to Improve Rock-Paper-Scissors Skills in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MASASHI TSUKAMOTO (Meisei University) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The rock-paper-scissors game (RPS) is a zero-sum game that is widely played by children in Japan. Although most children acquire the skills of playing RPS before school age, some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) show certain peculiar responses in RPS beyond the school age. For example, once children with ASD form a certain shape with their hand, they change their shape to match that of the other person. This study aimed to reduce this inappropriate imitation in RPS in a 10-year-old boy with ASD, by differentially reinforcing certain incompatible alternative behaviors (DRA). First, the participant was required to discriminate among the three RPS elements by interacting with two hand shapes presented on a computer. After the participant acquired some basic skills of RPS (e.g., participant could respond appropriately after being presented with scissors and paper and asked, "Which is the winner?"), backward chaining and DRA were introduced to actual RPS behavior. Finally, the RPS-matched contingency was introduced to a RPS game between the participant and the therapist. The interim results show that reducing inappropriate imitations in RPS games requires more than understanding the rules of the game and that it is necessary to modify the actual behavioral chain. |
|
|
144. Expressive Language as a Potential Predictor for Effort of Assessment Required to Evoke Challenging Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Jessica Torelli (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Michelle Hopton (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Valid assessments are needed to develop individualized behavioral treatment. The latency-based functional analysis is an expedited functional analysis of challenging behavior. Length of the latency-based functional analysis is predicated on the amount of time required to evoke and reinforce challenging behavior until differentiation is replicated between one or more test conditions and the control condition. Within a randomized controlled trial assessing for potential cost-benefit of behavior analytic services within inpatient hospital settings, we conducted latency-based functional analyses of the challenging behavior of 18 children and adolescents diagnosed with autism exhibiting varying communicative abilities. Patients utterances were rated based upon observations by behavior analysts during interviews, assessments, and informal observations within the hospital. Patient expressive language was sorted into two categories: limited vocal or fully vocal. We evaluated the degree to which expressive language rating predicted the number of series needed to evoke challenging behavior within the functional analysis using a point-biserial correlation. Results indicated expressive language rating was positively correlated with the number of series needed to evoke challenging behavior (rpb = .58). Higher verbal ability predicted a higher number of series, although these findings represent preliminary evidence that further inquiry may be warranted. Limitations and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
145. Derived Responding, Autism Severity, and Intelligence: The Relationship Between the PEAK-E Assessment, the GARS-2, and the WISC-IV |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIDGET MUNOZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Deficits in derived relational responding experienced by individuals with autism may explain some of the behavioral and intellectual deficits that are co-morbid with this neurodegenerative disorder. The present study evaluated the derived relational abilities of 46 children with autism and compared the assessment results with participants autism severity and intelligence. Each of the participants were assessed using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Equivalence pre-assessment as a measure of their relational abilities, the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale Second Edition (GARS-2) as a measure of autism severity, and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children Fourth Edition (WISC-IV) as a measure of intelligence. The results of the study suggest a strong correlation between the PEAK-E pre-assessment, the GARS-2, and the WISC-IV, suggesting that there is a relationship between derived relational responding, autism severity, and intelligence. The results have implications for the treatment of both problem behaviors and intellectual deficits experienced by this population. |
|
|
146. Telehealth Applied Behavior Analysis Practice for Underserved Regions in Georgia-Sakartvelo |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANA BARKAIA (Children of Georgia), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University), Tamari Mikiashvili (Children of Georgia) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The NGO Children of Georgia in the country of Georgia-Sakartvelo, together with James Madison University in the USA, examined the effectiveness of communications technology for distance training and coaching of ABA therapeutic skills. Within a multiple baseline design across participants, it was demonstrated that distance coaching increased the use of therapeutic skills by the therapists and improved verbal operants by children with autism. With grant support from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and the Georgia-Sakartvelo Ministry of Science and Education, this research became a model for developing ABA services in underserved remote areas in the country of Georgia-Sakartvelo. Three teachers in two public schools in a small town in western Georgia received training where they learned the basic principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. Subsequently, these teachers were supervised and coached on practice skills via communications technology incorporating classroom-based tablets and internet connections with Children of Georgia consultants in Tbilisi. |
|
|
147. The Interdependence of the Verbal Operants: A Principal Component Analysis of the VB-MAPP |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: A growing body of literature has evaluated whether the elementary verbal operants proposed by Skinner in his book Verbal Behavior are independent or interdependent, with differing results. If independent, the distinct verbal operants would be likely to develop separately as their development is not dependent on the development of the other operants, and if interdependent, the operants would be likely to develop together. The present study expanded upon this body of literature by evaluating the verbal behavior of 92 individuals with autism between the ages of 5 and 22 using the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). The results of a principal component analysis suggest that the verbal operants included in the analysis were correlated, and the identified factor loadings differed only in the complexity of the skill rather than the type of verbal operant. The results lend support to the interdependence of Skinner’s verbal operants, as well as the construct validity of the VB-MAPP. |
|
|
148. Parent Satisfaction With Two Adjunctive Parent-Implemented Interventions for Young Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE EGGINK (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo-Coleman (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Parent-implemented interventions are cost-effective and ecologically valid means of increasing access to evidence-based intervention for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Parental satisfaction is critical for treatment fidelity and the subsequent success of parent-implemented interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate parent satisfaction with two adjunctive, parent-implemented treatments for ASD, Applied Behavior Analysis/Verbal Behavior Approach(ABA/VB) and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI). Eleven parents received 16 in-home sessions in which they were taught to implement the assigned intervention. Parents were provided with a survey that contained 29 questions using a 5-point Likert scale to evaluate their satisfaction with the intervention and the outcomes for their child. At the end of treatment, parents reported moderate satisfaction with both RDI (range 3.6-4) and ABA/VB (range 2.8-3.8) with parents receiving the ABA/VB intervention reporting slightly lower and more variable ratings. After the 3-month follow-up, parents in the RDI condition reported an increase in satisfaction (range 3.8-4.4) while parents in the ABA/VB condition reported lower ratings than parents in RDI and from the previous assessment with the exception of an increase in use of and speed of learning spontaneous speech. All parents reported that they would recommend the study to other parents. |
|
|
150. Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Lower Intensity (DRLi) and Higher Intensity (DRHi) on Vocalization Decibel Levels in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Suzanne Mancil (Louisiana Tech University) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of lower intensity (DRLi) and higher intensity (DRHi) are procedures developed to address problems in decibel levels of vocalization in individuals with autism. A reversal design was used to test the effectiveness of each of the developed protocol across six children with autism. Protocol involved a visual decibel meter (VDM) that measured the decibel level of speech. Red marks were placed on the VDM to indicate appropriate range. Prior to baseline, researchers demonstrated and modeled how the meter worked. In addition, the researchers modeled reinforcement procedures. The reinforcement procedures consisted of access to preferred items when vocalizations were within the appropriate decibel range per vocalization. Preferences were identified using a multiple stimulus without replacement assessment and confirmed during free operant observations. Data were gathered and the mean vocalization decibel level per 30-minute session was plotted. Data indicated that the implementation of the DRL resulted in a decrease of the vocalization decibels to within the range of typical conversations. In addition, the DRH procedures resulted in an increase of the vocalization decibels to within the range of typical conversations. |
|
|
151. The Effects of Video Modeling on Pretend Social Play for Pairs of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINDA CHERIE WRIGHT (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Robert Isenhower (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by repetitive behaviors and lack of symbolic play. For children with ASD, video modeling is a promising method for promoting symbolic play, often with an adult or typically developing play partner (MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansfeld, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009; Nikopoulos & Keenan, 2007; Reagon, Higbee, & Endicott, 2006; Taylor, Levin, & Jasper, 1999). However, there is a limited research on the utility of video modeling training when all participants have ASD. The current study employed a multiple probe design across behaviors (pretend play scenarios) to evaluate the effects of video modeling training for two pairs of children diagnosed with ASD. During all sessions, thematically relevant vocalizations and play actions were scored for both participants in the pair. Following baseline, video modeling treatment was simultaneously provided to each pair. Maintenance probes were conducted to evaluate play in the absence of video modeling. Results indicate that video modeling led to an increase in scripted and unscripted play for all participants. Further, video modeling led to increased variety in unscripted vocalizations for all participants. These results extend the video modeling research by demonstrating that the intervention can successfully be simultaneously provided to two children with ASD. |
|
|
151a. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on the Treatment Fidelity of Behavior Intervention Plans |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATHAN BISHOP (Haugland Learning Center; Western Michigan Univer), Bryan Droesch (Haugland Learning Center), Denise Ross (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The goal of this study was to prevent the occurrence of treatment drift during implementation of behavior plans by increasing treatment fidelity for staff. Participants were two teaching assistants who implemented behavior plans for a young adult with autism. The dependent variable was the number of steps correctly implemented by the staff member as measured by a fidelity checklist. The independent variable was a behavior skills training (BST) package comprised of that uses instructions, modeling, behavioral rehearsal, and feedback to teach new behaviors or skills to staff. Using this procedure, participating staff members were trained to implement intervention procedures and reinforcement strategies as detailed in a student’s behavior intervention plan (BIP). Fidelity ratings were determined by conducting weekly fidelity checks with a checklist that highlighted the critical features of the BIP. Results showed that the BST training package increased the percentage of correctly implemented steps of an individual behavior plan when compared to the didactic training that was in use during baseline. The findings of this study may help promote further use of BST during staff training for a BIP and increase fidelity of staff implementation. |
|
|
|
|
Expanding Opportunities for Social Involvement Through the Analysis and Treatment of Challenging Behavior During Transitions |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Quigley, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Every day, individuals with developmental disabilities are asked to complete multiple transitions across environments, from school programs to home settings, home settings to the community, and the community to vehicles. By being able to complete these transitions without challenging behavior, individuals gain access to a larger variety of areas including less restrictive placements and more frequent community access. Through systematic evaluation, clinicians can identify the functions of challenging behavior during transitions and teach functionally-equivalent behaviors. Following treatment, students may be able to transition more successfully, therefore, increasing their access to more settings including the community. When in the community, challenging behavior may bring about different risks including potential police involvement, less support staff, vehicle safety concerns, and negative interactions with bystanders. Frequently the first response is to limit the students access to the community following challenging behavior. In doing so, teaching opportunities are decreased and the individuals activities are more restricted. By evaluating effective treatments in the community, individuals regain access to a variety of settings therefore increasing the individuals overall quality of life. Evaluating and treating challenging behavior which may impact an individuals ability to transition is essential for increasing access to social opportunities via their school or community. |
Keyword(s): autism, community, transitions |
|
Treatment of Aggression During Transitions for an Individual With Autism and Physical Impairments |
CORY WHELAN (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: One component of an intervention package for aggression maintained by avoidance of physical contact would be to remain out of arms reach of the individual engaging in aggression. However, for an individual with severe physical impairments who requires staff to be within one foot of him when walking, that type of environmental manipulation is impossible. This research aimed at reducing the rate in which an individual engaged in aggressions while walking throughout a school building. Data showed that the rate of aggressions decreased when a gait trainer was introduced which allowed the student to walk next to someone without making physical contact. Interobserver agreement was assessed during 50% of baseline sessions and 50% of treatment sessions. Average agreement for the occurrence of aggression was 83% during baseline sessions and 90% during treatment sessions. These data provide practitioners with an antecedent-based intervention strategy to reduce aggressive behavior for an individual with physical impairments who needs support while walking. This intervention allowed the student to navigate not only throughout the school building with minimal staff assistance, but also throughout the community. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problematic Transitions |
KAYLA CRUICKSHANK (Registered Behavior Technician), Miranda DePoy (Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Transitions comprise a significant amount of the average child’s school day. Thus, being able to make successful transitions is necessary for academic success. (McCord, Thompson, & Iwata 2001; Wilder, Chen, Atwell, Pritchard, & Weinstein, 2006). McCord, Thompson, & Iwata (2001) conducted a structural analysis and operationally defined transitions as “the termination or initiation of an activity, with or without a change in location” (p. 206). In the current study, an eight-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism, engaged in various topographies of disruptive and self-injurious behavior when presented with transitions. Researchers assessed behavior in response to termination of an activity, movement to a new location, and initiation of a new activity (McCord, Thompson, & Iwata, 2001) and determined the most significant trigger to be movement from outside to indoors, i.e., the most likely function was avoidance of going indoors. Thus, treatment was initiated with focus on stimulus fading from outside to indoors, with a modified environment to reduce extraneous stimulation. Initial data indicate success with this function-based intervention with decreasing rates of most topographies. |
|
Evaluating Reinforcement Systems in the Community Through Alternating Treatment Designs |
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (Melmark), Lauren M. Palmieri (Temple University) |
Abstract: An alternating treatment design was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of two reinforcement systems in the community as a treatment for non-compliance across multiple individuals. All participants had a history of challenging behavior in the community including non-compliance, stealing, aggression, and elopement which had impacted their ability to access the community. All participants were admitted to a Residential Treatment Facility at the time of treatment. General locations in the community were identified for each participant prior to treatment to establish a schedule of systematic access. The reinforcement systems evaluated were individualized for each student based on the students interests, related components of their current treatment plans, and functions of challenging behavior. The more effective reinforcement system was then utilized during generalization training and adapted into the students treatment plan. Effective reinforcement systems were identified for all participants with a decrease in challenging behavior and increase in compliance while in the community. These examples show multiple ways in which to systematically reintroduce individuals into the community and increase their ability to access less restrictive settings. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine SIG Presents: A Discussion Regarding Methodology Utilized in Health Psychology Research: Advantages and Limitations of Within-Subjects and Between-Groups Experimental Designs |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Health promotion research often includes randomized control trials (between-groups design); however, in practice, clinicians may utilize single-subject designs (within-subjects design) to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention. Within-subject experimental designs may provide additional information that cannot be gleaned from group designs (i.e., individual trends in responding); however, group designs control for many of the variations that cannot be controlled in a single-subject design (e.g., demographic variations). There are advantages and disadvantages in utilizing each type of experimental design. The purpose of the panel discussion is to review differences in within-subjects and between-groups experimental designs, discuss the strengths and limitations of each design, and make recommendations for conducting research using either methodology. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Between-groups analyses, Experimental methodology, With-subject analyses |
|
|
|
|
An Exploration of Behavior Analytic Accounts of Feminist and Gender Issues |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The general concern for equality across gender has received increasing attention across multiple cultural collectives over the past hundred years. Gender related concerns have blossomed into areas of academic pursuit that are encompassed by several different approaches to the study of gender as it is related to complex social issues. However, the science of Behavior Analysis, that is very well suited for discussions concerning these particular types of behavioral and cultural phenomena, has not thoroughly tapped into its potential in providing a thorough account thereof. The academic endeavors of women’s studies scholars has been suited in a historical context and this makes it open to a behavior analytic conceptualization. This symposium will discuss gender and feminist issues as they are perceived, both from the general women’s studies perspective and how that might be translated into and benefit from a Behavior Analytic account. It will explore varying aspects of these cultural phenomena from the perspectives of different Behaviorisms and furthermore, will offer both a case study of a current culture and gender issue as well as a behavioral approach to teaching gender related courses at the university level. |
Keyword(s): Feminism, Gender Issues, Interbehaviorism, Women's Studies |
|
The Cultural Evolution of the Various Waves of Feminism: An Interbehavioral Account |
DOMINIQUE STEDHAM (University of Nevada, Reno/Brohavior), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Within the larger pursuit of gender issues three primary waves of feminism have been identified. However, difficulties in understanding the relationships within and between the waves have become apparent not only to those who prescribe to the various waves, but also to those who study them. One of the difficulties in understanding the relationship across the three waves results from the differing theoretical foundations upon which each was built; each wave was built on the collaboration of members who prescribed to differing psychological schools, various traditional philosophies, a multitude of theologies and political science world views. As such, discussions between them and approaches toward particular cultural issues have become unproductive. A unified theoretical system to approaching an understanding of the philosophical foundations of the various waves would be beneficial to identifying patterns across them and categorizing their differing effects on members. This paper presentation will briefly outline constructs from Interbehaviorisim and will utilize them to provide a cultural analysis of the evolution of the philosophical approaches and general behavior of the members of the movement as they are related to the three waves of feminism. |
|
Teaching Gender From a Behavior Analytic Perspective |
CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Lauren Diane Brown (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The topic of gender has traditionally been relegated to the field of biology due to its assumed correlation with sex or at best, it has been investigated by social psychologists. Rarely have members prescribing to the science of behavior analysis dedicated many, if any, resources to investigating or talking about the culturally relevant topic of gender or gender roles. After all, gender is perceived to be just another demographics category in large-n, statistical studies, right? No, this is not the way in which gender and gender issues ought to be approached. The culmination of research from several fields in the natural and social sciences suggests that gender is not dependent upon sex nor is it static for particular individuals even within their own lifetime. For these reasons, this paper will argue the study of gender can benefit from a behavior analytic perspective. Furthermore, even before behavior analytic research on gender is published, we can teach the topic from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
Defunding Planned Parenthood: A Consequential Contingency Analysis of Discrimination Against Women |
JOHN LAMPHERE (Brohavior), Chase Owens (Brohavior/University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide a case study concerning a gender issue that is currently relevant within our culture. It will consist of a consequential analysis of recent partisan debates over funding patterns for one of the nation’s leading reproductive health care providers and advocates for women’s rights. These funding debates could potentially limit women’s access to the reinforcing benefits of affordable reproductive health care. Furthermore, it could potentially limit the scope of research done to further women’s health. Both of these outcomes could be described as discrimination against women. Here we will acknowledge consequences maintaining the disagreements between both sides of the debate within the United States at both the national and state level, and discuss consequences that could maintain more moral decision making to further gender equality. We will also attempt to acknowledge some developmental costs that may make difficult the change to more moral decision making within society and legislation. |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual Developments in Relational Frame Theory: Basic Experimental Analyses |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jan De Houwer (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Recent advances in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) have aimed to expand the basic account of human language and cognition. To this end, the validation of the IRAP as a measure of relational responding has become paramount. As such, the current series of papers were designed to systematically manipulate the relational features of the IRAP using non-clinical samples. Paper 1 manipulated the rule order presentation of IRAP blocks, and found differential effects for each rule order presented. Paper 2 assessed the degree to which instructions for responding on the IRAP (i.e., specified responding, non-specified responding and response-focused instructions) influenced effects. Specifically, it was found that instruction type influenced the strength and direction of IRAP effects. Paper 3 manipulated the presentation of relational coherence indicators (RCIs, for example true and false) versus relational contextual cues (Crels, for example, similar or different) as response options. Results demonstrated that when participants completed an IRAP with Crels first, their effects became non-significant when they completed an IRAP with RCIs, suggesting that response options are not functionally equivalent. Overall, the symposium offers systematic analyses of the IRAP, which not only informs IRAP effects, but relational responding more generally. |
Keyword(s): IRAP, RFT |
|
The Effect of Rule Manipulation on Patterns of Relational Responding |
COLIN HARTE (Ghent University), Ciara McEnteggart (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University) |
Abstract: The importance of the effects of rules and instructions on human behaviour have long been identified as important in the psychological literature. However the number of experimental studies that have tested this suggestion is limited. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was employed and manipulated the order in which rules for responding were presented in a Self-esteem IRAP. Forty-one undergraduate students were divided into two conditions with differing starting rules. This sought to determine whether the simple order in which the rules are presented influenced patterns of relational responding on the IRAP. The results indicated that patterns of responding differed somewhat between conditions. The findings supported some existing evidence which suggests that rules influence relational responding. At the time of writing, a second study was to commence using a new methodology designed to address similar questions. From preliminary analyses, it can be suggested that rules exert varying degrees of influence over relational responding. |
|
Exploring the Impact of Specific, Minimal, and Response-Focused Instructions on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
MARTIN FINN (Gent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is increasingly used in applied and clinical settings with robust effects, however, many of the procedural variables of the IRAP have not been subjected to a systematic empirical analysis. One such variable is the rules that are employed to instruct the IRAP, and the effect that rules may have on resultant performance and IRAP effects obtained from the procedure. In a sample of university undergraduates, three experiments were conducted that varied the instructions on each IRAP in order to assess the degree to which rules specify aspects of the relational network as measured by the IRAP (i.e., specified responding, non-specified/minimal responding, and response-focused instructions). The findings from these three studies showed that the type of rule presented to participants during an IRAP influences the strength and direction of the trial-type effects. Furthermore, the type of instructions employed interacted with the order in which the IRAP blocks are presented (history-consistent versus history-inconsistent). |
|
Exploring the Behavioral Dynamics of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: The Role of Relational Contextual Cues Versus Relational Coherence Indicators as Response |
Emma Maloney (National University of Ireland Maynooth), DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Early studies using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) involved using relational contextual cues (Crels) as response options. A large number of IRAP studies, however, have also employed relational coherence indicators (RCIs), the two most common being True and False. The untested assumption was that the nature of the response options should have no impact on IRAP performance. The current study addressed this gap in the literature. Undergraduate participants were exposed to two IRAPs, one employing the Crels Similar and Different and the other employing the RCIs True and False. When participants first completed an IRAP using the Crels and then completed a second IRAP using the RCIs there was a significant reduction in the effect and it also became non-significant (from zero). This finding indicates that Crels versus RCIs should not be considered functionally equivalent and the use of different types of response options requires careful and systematic analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Persons in Groups: Distinguishing Types of Selection |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Tara M. Grant (Brohavior) |
Abstract: This panel presents experimental research on two selection levels: operant and cultural. A common feature of the different studies was the manipulation of both 1) contingencies on individual responses and reinforcers (operant contingencies) and 2) coordination of participant responses in small groups and their environmental effects (macrocontingencies and metacontingencies). The first two presentations will report on studies based on a procedure in which participant received points for adding numbers in relation to computer-presented numbers (operant contingency) and the coordination of numbers chosen by all participants (metacontingency). The first one will present a comprehensive analysis of a series of manipulations using this procedure such as type of cultural consequences (analogous to positive or negative reinforcement), schedule of cultural consequences and other manipulations such as group size, participant position change, variability requirements, verbal interactions, etc. The second presentation will be about two experiments on the involvement of antecedent stimuli in the process of cultural selection. In the first experiment the background colors were different according to the experimental condition, while in the second experiment the colors were maintained equal across conditions. The last presentation will be on an investigation of the relations among operant contingencies, macrocontingencies and metacontingencies. A conflict situation was programmed in which participants could produce larger magnitudes of gains for group behavior with less individual gains. The results of this conflict are discussed in terms of ethical self-control. The tree presentations combined may contribute to the debate regarding selection on different levels by demonstrating investigation methods and empirical data related to different processes and selection levels. |
Keyword(s): cultural selection, culturant, metacontingency, operant selection |
|
Operant and Cultural Selection in a Metacontingency: Distinguishing Types of Selection |
THOMAS ANATOL DA ROCHA WOELZ (PUC-SP), Maria Amalia Andery (PUC-SP, Brazil) |
Abstract: A series of experiments were conducted on behavioral and cultural selection within an experimental metacontingency preparation with small groups of 2 to 4 undergraduate students. The task consisted of choosing numbers in relation to randomly generated numbers or chosen by other participants. Two contingencies were isolated in the task: one for the relation with the random numbers and the other for the coordination of choices between participants. Participants were able to produce individual consequences as well as shared consequences for the group according to those contingencies. Metacontingencies manipulated were analogous to different arrangements of operant contingencies: for instance varying ratio schedules, negative or positive reinforcement, discrimination training, etc. Other parameters manipulated were not analogous: increasing number of participants, changing participant positions, allowing or blocking verbal interaction, etc. Participant choices demonstrated processes leading to variation and selection of both individual patterns and inter-related patterns. A summary of those results and an evaluation of the analogies between operant and cultural selection will be presented. |
|
Do the Antecedent Events Take Part in the Culturant's Selection? |
FÁBIO HENRIQUE HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Rio Verde), Saulo Segantini (Universidade de Rio Verde), Rafael Macedo (Universidade de Rio Verde), Lesley Sousa (Universidade de Brasilia), Isabela Lemes (Universidade de Rio Verde) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to investigate if antecedent events take part in the culturants selection. In Experiment 1 six undergraduate students performed a task in two small groups. Contingencies and metacontingencies were programmed. Operants were characterized by choosing numbers in a row. Culturants were characterized by relation for the coordination of choices between participants. Two conditions were set in an ABAB design. On A condition, only individual consequences were available. On B, individual and cultural consequences were available. There were different backgrounds colors in each condition. In Experiment 2, another six students participated in two groups. The task and conditions were similar, but the background had the same colour between conditions. Results show that operants and culturants were selected in Experiment 1. In Experiment 2 the triad 1 did not produce culturants selection, hence the group was finished at first condition B. Triad 2 did not reach the stability criteria at second exposition to condition B, and was finhished too. We discuss questions about procedures that can explain the absence of culturants selection in Experiment 2. |
|
Relations Between Operant and Cultural Selection: A Study With Laboratory Microcultures |
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para) |
Abstract: The study of cultural practices in the experimental analysis of behavior, along the last decade, has provided important discussions concerning the relation between operant level analysis and cultural level analysis. This presentation discusses the difference and pertinence of cultural level and operant level analyses. We discuss data collected in an experiment that assessed the effects of a cumulative result of functionally independent operant responses over the behavior of participants in a laboratory microculture, when individual consequences were concurrent with the production of consequences more favorable to the culture. Individual consequences and cultural consequences differed in nature. Individual choices of even rows produced a school item to be donated to a public school (cumulative effect) plus one token exchangeable for money (individual consequence of lower magnitude), while odd rows produced three tokens exchangeable for money (individual consequence of higher magnitude). Results showed the effectiveness of the cumulative effect in the shaping and maintenance of self-control responses. Along the microcultures' exposure to the macrocontingency, a metacontingency relation emerged and recurred, in which participants alternated choices of odd and even rows. We discuss this data regarding operant selection and cultural selection, arguing for the pertinence of a cultural level analysis. |
|
|
|
|
From the Lab to Practice: Variations on Resurgence Procedures and Their Implications |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously reinforced response, typically following (conventional) extinction of an alternatively reinforced response. Resurgence is both of research interest and applied relevance. Presenters in this symposium will discuss variations on resurgence procedures in both laboratory and applied contexts. In the first presentation, presenters will describe an animal model for studying resurgence of punishment-suppressed behavior using rats, and theoretical and applied implications of results will be discussed. In the second presentation, a human operant arrangement will be presented that investigated the effects of varying density of reinforcement and the addition of an aversive auditory stimulus during Phase 2 on subsequent resurgence. Basic and applied implications will be discussed. In the third presentation, researchers will present an evaluation the use of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to attempt to mitigate the resurgence phenomenon in a clinically relevant context. Results will be discussed in the context of previous research showing similar effects with NCR as a disruptor and its comparison to traditional extinction as a disruptor. |
Keyword(s): Noncontingent Reinforcement, Punishment, Relapse, Resurgence |
|
Resurgence of Punishment-Suppressed Behavior |
RUSTY NALL (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Relapse (resurgence) often occurs following removal of alternative reinforcement used in differential reinforcement of alternative behavior treatments. Animal models are useful for examining resurgence, but traditionally use extinction to suppress target behavior. Sometimes negative consequences (i.e. punishment) serve along with alternative reinforcers to suppress problem behavior as either programmed consequences (e.g. Functional communication training + punishment) or inherent aspects of the problem behavior (e.g. substance abuse). Further, in treatment contexts, it may be difficult to withhold or remove reinforcers for problem behavior. Foot shock punishment has been used to model some relapse phenomena following response suppression by punishment with rats, but not resurgence. In the present study, we developed an animal model for studying resurgence of punishment-suppressed behavior using two groups of rats lever pressing for sucrose. Later, shock accompanied reinforcement obtained from lever pressing for both groups. One group also received concurrent sucrose for nose poking. Finally, consequences for both responses were removed, and lever pressing increased (resurged) only for rats that received alternative reinforcement. These results indicate that resurgence follows alternative reinforcer removal even when target response suppression is obtained through punishment. Theoretical and applied implications will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Phase 2 Manipulations on Resurgence in a Human Operant Arrangement |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts in applied practice commonly use differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to reduce
undesired behavior. Resurgence of problem behavior has been demonstrated following changes to reinforcement schedules due to errors in treatment integrity or intentional fading. Identifying methods for reducing the potential for treatment relapse would contribute to the utility of these interventions. Previous research suggests that the arrangement of reinforcement for alternative behavior affects the degree of resurgence obtained during an extinction test. Data will be presented from a human operant arrangement on the effects of varying density of reinforcement and the addition of an aversive auditory stimulus during Phase 2 on subsequent resurgence. The implications of the results will be discussed from both a basic and applied perspective. |
|
Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement as a Disruptor on Resurgence of Severe Problem Behavior Following Functional Communication Training |
ANNA ING (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Treatment relapse refers to the return of an unwanted condition that has previously been successfully treated. One such treatment relapse phenomenon is called resurgence. Resurgence occurs when a previously extinguished response returns following extinction of an alternative response that has been reinforced. It is commonly produced by a three-phase procedure: 1) a target behavior is reinforced until responding is steady, 2) the target behavior is placed on extinction and an alternative behavior is reinforced until responding is steady for both, and 3) both behaviors are placed on extinction. If the initial target behavior re-emerges in the final phase, it is called resurgence. Most applied and basic studies have used "traditional" extinction during the disruptor phase; that is, the behaviors are not met with reinforcement. However, more recent studies have been evaluating the use of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) to attempt to mitigate the resurgence phenomenon. In this study, two participants with a history of communicative difficulties and socially maintained problem behavior experienced the three-phase procedure in which participants were exposed to NCR during the final disruptor phase. One participant demonstrated mild resurgence of problem behavior, whereas resurgence of problem behavior did not occur for the second participant. Results are discussed in the context of previous research showing similar effects with NCR as a disruptor and its comparison to traditional extinction as a disruptor. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Characterization of Delay Discounting Using Multiple Models and Effective Delay 50 |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: : CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech) |
Abstract: The study of delay discounting, or valuation of future rewards as a function of delay, has contributed to understanding the behavioral economics of addiction. Accurate characterization of discounting can be furthered by statistical model selection given that many functions have been proposed to measure future valuation of rewards. This tutorial will present a convenient Bayesian model selection algorithm that selects the most probable discounting model among a set of candidates chosen by the researcher. The approach assigns the most probable model for each individual subject using an asymptotic approximation to model probability based on the Bayesian Information Criterion. Importantly, effective delay 50 (ED50) functions as a suitable unifying measure that is computable for and comparable between several popular functions, including both one- and two-parameter models. Software to execute the combined model selection/ED50 approach is illustrated using empirical discounting data collected from a sample of 111 undergraduate students with five discounting models proposed between 1937 and 2006. The work this tutorial is based upon was published in the January, 2015, special issue of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior studying experimental manipulations of delay discountingand related processes. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Licensed psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the devaluation of future rewards as a function of delay in terms of delay discounting; (2) recognize several proposed models of delay discounting both mathematically and graphically, and state the computational approach to fit these models to observed data; (3) explain Effective Delay 50 (ED50); (4) execute approximate Bayesian model selection to choose among candidate models given observed data using the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC). Make informed decisions about the merits and caveats of choosing among candidate models on the basis of observed data. |
|
CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech) |
Christopher Franck received his Ph.D. from the Department of Statistics at North Carolina State University in 2010. Dr. Franck is an Assistant Research Professor in the Department of Statistics at Virginia Tech, where he also serves as the assistant director of the Laboratory for Interdisciplinary Statistical Analysis (LISA). Dr. Franck collaborates with researchers from the Addiction Recovery Research Center (ARRC) in the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute studying a variety of psychological, behavioral economic, and statistical aspects of those who suffer from addiction and are successful in recovery. Dr. Franck's research interests include non-additivity in unreplicated studies with a focus on the identification of latent-groupings, predictive modeling of health outcomes, spatial modeling, and bioinformatics. |
Keyword(s): Bayesian Model, Delay Discounting, Effective Delay50 |
|
|
|
|
The Surprising and Problematic Consequences of Exposure to Misinformation |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Scott P. Ardoin, Ph.D. |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
DAVID RAPP (Northwestern University) |
David N. Rapp is Professor in the School of Education and Social Policy and the Department of Psychology at Northwestern University. His research examines language and memory, focusing on the cognitive mechanisms responsible for successful learning and knowledge failures. He investigates the ways in which prior knowledge, text materials, and learning goals influence memory and comprehension of discourse experiences. His recent projects examine how memory is influenced by the plausibility and importance of everyday events, the credibility of sources, and the collaborative nature of group discussions. These projects have been funded by the National Science Foundation, the U.S. Department of Education, and the National Institute on Aging. He received a McKnight Land-Grant Professor award from the University of Minnesota in 2006, the Tom Trabasso Young Investigator Award from the Society for Text & Discourse in 2010, was named a Charles Deering McCormick Professor of Teaching Excellence in 2015, and is a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science. He recently finished serving as associate editor at the Journal of Educational Psychology, and is now editor of Discourse Processes. |
Abstract: Prior knowledge has been a key construct for theories of memory, comprehension, and learning. And traditionally prior knowledge has been identified as a resilient source of information, standing strong in the face of even the most compelling refutations and evidence. In the current talk I describe experiments that call into question this characterization of prior knowledge. Work from my lab shows that well-worn expectations appear malleable (and sometimes even non-existent) when people are confronted with contradictory arguments and facts. Across a variety of demonstrations involving the presentation of text content containing potential misinformation, people subsequently rely on encoded inaccuracies leading to problematic and surprising demonstrations of ignorance. Even obvious misinformation, which individuals should know better than to fall for, can influence subsequent problem solving and decision making behaviors. This talk will identify the consequences of exposure to misinformation, as well as highlight important boundary conditions for when and how people might be encouraged to engage in more critical evaluation in the service of successful comprehension. |
Target Audience: Educational researchers, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the misinformation effect, specifically in terms of consequences for post-reading behaviors; (2) describe how experiments have used reading time and decision-based methodologies in attempts to evaluate reader comprehension; (3) identify potential instructional strategies and text features that can encourage more critical readings of text content. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Consideration of Performance Management in Autism Service Delivery |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Trista Linn (St. Cloud State University) |
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University) |
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc; TheBehaviorAnalyst.com) |
Abstract: For a field that capitalizes on the utility of feedback and motivation to influence behavior, behavior analysts working in service delivery may be able to improve the way that they manage the performance of employees who provide direct behavior analytic services. Applied behavior analysis has been accepted as the most effective treatment for deficit and excessive behaviors associated with Autism Spectrum Disorder. As a result, there is a dire need for therapists trained in the principles of behavior to provide one-on-one therapy to children diagnosed with autism. Unfortunately, qualified therapists are limited in number and potentially difficult to retain for long employment durations. In theory, those who have been extensively trained in the principles of behavior should be the most effective in performance management, however, this may not be the case. This panel will discuss how those working in behavior analytic service delivery are currently doing with respect to the management of employee behavior, how they could improve, and practical explanations for why constraints exist. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Therapist, Employee incentives, Employee training, Performance Management |
|
|
|
|
Issues in Rural Behavior Analysis: Ethical Practice, Tele-Practice, and Remote Supervision |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton, Ed.D. |
Chair: Robert C. Pennington (University of Louisville) |
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
CECILIA KNIGHT (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Rural behavior analysts face many issues. This panel will bring together three practitioner-researchers who are working within the scope of these issues. Panelists will present issues pertinent to ethical practice in small communities, reviewing telehealth and telepractice constraints, and issues related to remote supervision of behavior analysts, assistants, students, and RBTs. |
Keyword(s): remote supervision, rural ethics, tele-practice |
|
|
|
|
Ethics for the Rest of Us: Impact of Cultural Differences in the Practice of Ethics |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. ) |
Discussant: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University) |
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: How do cultural differences affect the practice of ethics? How do Board Certified Behavior Analysts who practice outside the U.S. define ethics? Are there country-specific challenges that arise and how can we handle these challenges? What about cultural and religious differences?
In an era where access to someone living across the world is literally only a click away, subtle and not-so-subtle boundaries exist, particularly as it pertains to what is considered culturally acceptable. Even among countries that may seem homogenous (i.e. America and Canada), significant differences do exist that can and should affect how behavior analysts practice and make decisions in the field.
The most common challenge faced by behavior analysts across borders, in both developed and developing countries, are related to misrepresentation and unethical practices. In some cases, the “right” answer appears straightforward, however, the cultural norms of different regions make doing the “right” things more challenging for behavior analysts practicing outside the U.S.
The group will begin our discussion by talking about the implications of cultural differences in the practice of ethics by sharing their own experiences. The group will also engage in a group discussion to begin to construct a high level framework that behavior analysts can use as a tool to help them make practical, ethically correct decisions independently. |
|
Talking About Ethics, eh? A Canadian Perspective on Multicultural Issues |
ROSEMARY A. CONDILLAC (Brock University) |
Abstract: There are different ethical challenges that arise in different parts of Canada, including our work with individuals from first nations communities, remote locations where direct supervision becomes a significant challenge, etc. Canada self-defines itself as multi-cultural, and as such, encourages New Canadians to stay true to their culture of origin and bring their traditions with them with the caveat that they not contravene Federal, Provincial, or Municipal Law or the Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
There is an expectation of cultural acceptance, and typically training is provided to practitioners to increase their cultural sensitivity. Some aspects of the Ethical Code for Behaviour Analysts are inconsistent with cultural norms, and in some cases tediously so. As an example, small token gifts of appreciation are inherent in many cultures and professions, but completely forbidden in ABA practice. Language barriers often require the use of interpreters in the delivery of services; unfortunately, some interpreters bring cultural biases and put a cultural spin on the discussion that can impact service delivery. Further, the lack of professional designation for Behaviour Analysts in regulatory bodies makes them subject to institutional rules and policies that may conflict with our Code of Conduct.
During this session, content will be covered through discussion of ethical dilemmas and how to deal with “tricky” situations in a manner that is consistent with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts yet is practical in application. |
|
Ethics in Third World Countries |
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: It is common knowledge that there is an acute shortage of qualified behavior analysts in the world. According to the most recent numbers from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), there are approximately 20,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in the world; of those, only 8% live outside the U.S. With an estimated 70 million people around the world with Autism, this means that there are only 1/3 of 1% qualified experts available to meet this growing need.
As more and more organizations spring up that attempt to overcome this issue by putting in place systemic methods that can be self-sustaining, we must acknowledge that important culture and language differences significantly hamper the way behavior analysts are able to do their jobs in a manner that is consistent with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
As an example, when dealing with developing countries where commonly held belief is that a child with autism is “possessed,” questions arise regarding how must time a behavior analyst can and should spend educating parents and educators on non-technical skills when their primary “job” is to use their skills to change the lives of as many children with autism as possible and “every moment is priceless.”
Other growing dilemma is to determine what happens after the fact. Within a very compressed period of time, there is only so much training one can impart to people who will be actually doing the work. In the U.S. we are beginning to see standards and qualifications put in place for people who implement ABA. However, given the relative “prevalence” of qualified behavior therapists capable of supervising cases, ongoing training and case supervision is a means that we can use to maintain quality control. Outside the U.S., even developed countries do not have sufficient number of behavior analysts to make this model feasible. How do we solve this global dilemma in a manner that can generate immediate results while we look for a long-terms solution?
During this session, we will bring to light not only ethical situations facing the profession of behavior analytics but also begin a dialogue to create a paradigm shift that can affect global, long-term, sustainable change. |
|
|
|
|
Walden Two and Beyond: Expanding the Scope of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Neal Miller (University of Memphis) |
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii)) |
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: These papers will examine issues related to the growth of applied behavior analysis. As the field attempts to move beyond traditional areas of practice to address large-scale social problems, it raises both opportunities and challenges. The first paper will examine the relevance of Walden Two (Skinner, 1948) to the applied field, examining both similarities and differences in their scope and methods. It will suggest specific lessons that we might learn from re-examining the proposals within this utopian novel. The second paper will examine ways that behavior analysts might expand their impact by engaging social issues that have not been traditionally addressed by practitioners. Finally, our discussant will provide her own perspectives on these topics. |
Keyword(s): ABA, practice, Skinner, Walden Two |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Walden Two: Revisiting Skinner’s Utopia |
NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), Mallory Garrett (The University of Memphis) |
Abstract: In Walden Two (1948) B. F. Skinner described a utopian community in which the science of behavior analysis had been harnessed to improve peoples’ lives. Though this was a bold and ambitious work, at the time it was a purely speculative account. However, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is closely aligned to the purpose of this novel, and has contributed a significant body of research over the past 50 years. A comparison between the areas of application outlined in Walden Two and those currently being addressed by the field of ABA reveals both similarities and differences. We will examine a wide range of topics (from education and child-rearing to religion and government), and identify some that were addressed in depth in Walden Two, but have been largely neglected by our applied field. Finally, recommendations will be made for how the lessons of Walden Two might assist behavior analysts in meeting the challenges we face in our society. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis Beyond Autism: Finding Solutions to Important Societal Problems |
MOLLY BENSON (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner’s vision of how behavior analysis could be applied to tackle issues of major social significance represents the foundation of our profession. However, as a professional discipline, the practice of behavior analysis tends to be fairly restricted in terms of its scope and the type of populations it serves. One of the challenges facing behavior analysts is to apply the principles of our science to impact society’s problems. Given that there are so many areas of social significance that need to be addressed (e.g., economic disparity, social injustice, the threat of nuclear war, public health, and climate change), it would seem that the field of applied behavior analysis has significant potential for growth and change. In this presentation, we will examine some of the challenges that exists for behavior analysts in working on these societal problems, explore potential opportunities for growth in our field, and assess what kind of interventions may be required to impact change on a larger scale. |
|
|
|
|
Advancing Social, Self-Advocacy, and Vocational Skills in Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is little behavior analytic research on teaching social, self-advocacy, and job-related skills to adolescents and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current symposium includes four papers directed toward filling this gap in the literature. In the first paper, the authors piloted an assessment for evaluating job-related socials skills that are important for individuals with ASD to succeed in work environments. In the second paper, the authors evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training to increase the social play skills of adults with ASD who were teaching social play skills to children with ASD. In the third paper, the researchers evaluated the effects of a text prompt with a time delay on the self-advocacy of an adult with ASD. In the fourth paper, the authors examined the effects of teaching a problem-solving strategy to adolescents with ASD on solving common job-related problems. |
Keyword(s): Adolescents/Adults, Job-related Skills, Self-advocacy, Social Skills |
|
A Pilot Clinic-Based Assessment for Evaluating Job-Related Social Skills |
BRIDGETTE WHITE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Courtney Laudont (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Carolyn Grob (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have difficulties obtaining and maintaining employment, yet little research has been conducted on methods for evaluating and improving critical vocational skills. In this study, we developed and test-piloted a standardized assessment of job-related social skills for individuals with ASD by arranging conditions that simulated on-the-job experiences in a clinic setting. The experimenter contrived situations to assess a variety of work skills, including asking for help, asking for more materials, asking questions, notifying the supervisor when completed with a task, following written and vocal instructions, and responding to corrective feedback. A total of seven individuals, aged 16 to 27 years, have participated thus far. Results suggested that the assessment was useful for identifying specific social skills that could be targeted for intervention to increase success in the work environment. These findings add to the current literature by demonstrating an objective method for assessing a variety of job-related social skills under naturalistic conditions. |
|
Teaching Social Play Skills to Adults and Children With Autism as an Approach to Building Rapport |
MOLLY SHIREMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Conrad Hillman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have deficits in social skills that may impede their success on the job. As part of a vocational training program, three adults, aged 21 to 27 years, with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and no intellectual disabilities were taught to increase the social play skills of children with autism. Behavioral skills training (BST) was effective in increasing social play skills of the adult. Additionally, social engagement of the children increased. Probes conducted throughout the study evaluated whether the play skills training impacted a measure of rapport between the adult and child. These rapport probes showed that play skills training increased levels of proximity, our measure of rapport, between the adults and children. These findings extend previous work on using BST to teach adults with ASD to implement behavioral procedures with children with autism and suggest that this type of training is potentially valuable for the future employment of individuals with ASD who desire a vocation as a behavioral technician. |
|
Teaching an Adult With Autism Self-Advocacy Statements Using Time Delay |
Danielle Schatz (Alpine Learning Group), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Little research has explored procedures for teaching adults with autism to make self-advocacy statements. The present study used a multiple probe design across stimulus categories to evaluate the effects of using a text prompt and time delay procedure on the acquisition and generalization of self-advocacy responses. A twenty-five year old adult with autism participated in the study. The participant was presented with situations that required a self-advocacy response (e.g., he asks for a soda and the instructor gives him water instead). During baseline, if the participant responded correctly, the instructor corrected the situation, and if the participant errored, the instructor did not correct the situation. During intervention, a text prompt was used to prompt a self-advocacy response for each situation, and upon a correct response, the instructor corrected the situation and provided reinforcement on the participants motivational system. Results extend the literature by showing an effective procedure for teaching an adult with autism self-advocacy responses. The percentage of independent self-advocacy responses increased for the participant when the text prompt and time delay procedures were introduced across the three baselines. Results also showed generalized responding to novel examples and materials for each situation presented. Future research should investigate these procedures with additional participants as well as explore teaching more advanced self-advocacy responses to adults with autism. |
|
Effects of a Problem-Solving Strategy on the Independent Completion of Vocational Tasks by Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CINDY LORA (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of teaching a problem-solving strategy on the independent completion of vocational tasks by four adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. The strategy was presented as a textual activity schedule in a binder and it was evaluated across three types of problem situations (missing items, broken items, mismatched items) and non-problem situations. Use of the problem-solving strategy in these situations was assessed with a multiple-probe-across-participants design. None of the participants were able to complete the vocational tasks when a problem (e.g., stapler missing when stapling packets) arose during baseline. Following introduction of the problem-solving strategy all four participants completed the tasks during problem scenarios and use of the problem-solving strategy generalized in the presence of vocational tasks not associated with teaching. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing Praise and Visual Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcers: Basic, Bridge, and Applied Research |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi) |
Abstract: This symposium will include four data-based presentations on establishing conditioned reinforcers. The first presentation will report on two experiments with rats. The first experiment compared pairing and operant discrimination training to condition a cue light as a reinforcer, but the results were equivocal. The second experiment clearly demonstrated overshadowing effects. Results suggested that the pairing procedure creates overshadowing or blocking effects. The second study compared two pairing conditions (pair-with-one and pair-with-four) to establish praise as a conditioned reinforcer with five children with autism. Results indicated that although both pairing procedures increased responding, pair-with-four tended to have higher levels and more maintenance. The third study extends the research on using a discrimination training procedure to establish praise statements as conditioned reinforcers for three children with autism. Results indicated that previously neutral praise statements functioned as conditioned reinforcers while nonsense words did not for all participants. The fourth (on-going) study compared the effectiveness of stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing to condition neutral visual stimuli as reinforcers for four adolescents with autism. Discrimination training was also investigated when the pairing procedures were ineffective or there was no differentiation between S+ and S- stimuli. Results will be discussed in terms of optimal pairing techniques. |
Keyword(s): autism, conditioned reinforcers, discrimination training, pairing |
|
Comparing Different Procedures Aimed to Establish Conditioned Reinforcers: Procedural Challenges and Some Solutions |
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Social conditioned reinforcers typically acquire their effect by being paired with other reinforcers. However, some research have indicated that conditioned reinforcers can develop more effectively through an operant discrimination procedure. Few studies have compared the efficacy of the two procedures directly, and these attempts have been plagued with methodological challenges. The current paper reports on two experiments. The first compared the effectiveness of pairing and operant discrimination training with rats. We paired one cue light with the presentation of an unconditioned reinforcer, and we established a second cue light as a discriminative stimulus for an operant response that produced the reinforcing consequence. Tests of the two lights as conditioned reinforcers were equivocal. Further testing suggested that some collateral auditory stimuli rather than the cue light functioned as conditioned reinforcers for the behavior of the rats exposed to the pairing procedure, and that these other stimuli overshadowed the cue light. Overshadowing effects were clearly demonstrated in a second experiment, and a subsequent conditioned reinforcer test suggested that the pairing procedure, in particular, creates overshadowing or blocking effects and thus can hinder effective conditioning of new stimuli as reinforcers. |
|
Establishing Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: The Effects of Pairing With One Versus Multiple Reinforcers |
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University; Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Regis College) |
Abstract: Praise and other forms of attention may not function as a reinforcer for the behavior of children with autism. Previous research showed that pairing praise with an established reinforcer contingent on a response increased the rate of that response when only praise was delivered as the consequence. There were two purposes of the present study. First, we replicated the previous research on the effects of contingent pairing on responding with praise alone using a multiple baseline design across the 5 participants with autism. The second purpose was to use a reversal design to compare pairing praise with one reinforcer versus pairing praise with four reinforcers. After each phase of 105 pairings, we compared responding with praise and no programmed consequence conditions to test the effects of the two pairing conditions and control for antecedent discrimination. Compared to the pair-with-one condition, data in the pair-with-four condition showed higher levels, more increasing trends, and more maintenance. The pair-with-four condition may be more effective in increasing and sustaining responding under praise conditions as it establishes praise as a generalized conditioned reinforcer freeing responding from a single establishing operation. Further analysis of the conditions under which praise becomes a reinforcer is warranted. |
|
A Discrimination Training Procedure to Establish Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer for Children With Autism |
ERIN SAINSBURY (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that for some children with autism social stimuli often do not function as reinforcers. This lack of social stimuli as reinforcers is problematic for children with autism because praise is one of the most commonly used educational reinforcers, is naturally maintained, and readily available in a multitude of environments. Unfortunately, there is currently no clear research-based technology for establishing social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers. This study used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across stimulus/response sets to evaluate the discrimination training procedure for establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for three children with autism. Two praise words and two nonsense words, determined to be neutral, were chosen for each participant. During discrimination training, praise words were established as SDs and nonsense words were established as S?s. During pre-tests and post-tests, each stimulus was delivered as a consequence for new responses. Results demonstrated that previously neutral praise statements functioned as conditioned reinforcers, and nonsense words did not function as conditioned reinforcers for all three participants. |
|
A Comparison of Pairing Procedures to Establish Neutral Stimuli as Reinforcers for Adolescents With Autism |
CHRISTINA LOUISE SLATEN (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Few studies have directly compared the effectiveness of pairing procedures to establish a novel stimulus as a conditioned reinforcer with humans. A technology for establishing conditioned reinforcers is particularly important for individuals with autism due to limited reinforcing effectiveness of social stimuli and age-appropriate activities. The current study is the first to compare the effectiveness of stimulus-stimulus pairing and response-stimulus pairing procedures to establish a neutral visual stimulus as a conditioned reinforcer for four adolescents with autism. Discrimination training procedures will be implemented if stimulus-stimulus pairing and response-stimulus pairing are both ineffective. Two different visual stimuli and one response are assessed during each condition; one visual stimulus is paired with a high-preference item and the other visual stimulus is not to serve as control. Results of this (on-going) bridge study will be discussed in terms of optimal pairing techniques for adolescents with autism; directions for future applied research on conditioned reinforcement will be suggested. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Applied and Translational Research on Response Persistence |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School) |
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The continuation of responding in the face of disruption (i.e., response persistence) is a desired outcome in many situations. For example, one goal of early intervention is to ensure that skills acquired in the clinic or home setting generalize and maintain when the student transitions to school. Conversely, persistent responding may be problematic if destructive behavior maintains when treatment is introduced. The presentations in this symposium focus on the factors that contribute to or mitigate against behavioral persistence in applied contexts. Dr. Joel Ringdahl will present on one way to increase the persistence of social skills exhibited by adults with developmental disabilities. Stephen Ryan will discuss reinstatement of appropriate communication responses following periods of extinction. Valdeep Saini will present on the effects of discriminability on persistence of responding during and following the use of time-based reinforcement schedules. Katherine Lichtblau will discuss differential levels of resurgence of destructive behavior following two forms of differential reinforcement. |
Keyword(s): Reinstatement, Response persistence, Resurgence |
|
The Effect of Magnitude of Reinforcement on the Persistence of Social Skills Exhibited by Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Erik Otte (Southern Illinois University), JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Several studies in the basic, translational, and applied literatures have demonstrated that the frequency with which reinforcers are delivered (i.e., reinforcement rate) can impact responses persistence. Additional reinforcer parameters, including magnitude of reinforcement, have also been demonstrated to impact response persistence. However, studies relevant to this topic have been conducted in basic laboratories using nonhuman (e.g., Nevin, 1974) and human (e.g., McComas, Hartman, and Jimenez, 2008) participants. Thus, the applied impact is unknown. In the current study, the effect of magnitude of reinforcement on the persistence of socially significant behavior exhibited by adults with mild disabilities was evaluated. Initially, a BST package that included a reinforcement component was used to teach conversation and job interview skills to young adults with developmental disabilities. Performance was scored in terms of percent of steps correct, according to task analyses. The BST packages were paired with either high magnitude of reinforcement or low magnitude of reinforcement, depending on baseline performance (i.e., high magnitude of reinforcement for the skill performed with relatively worse skill during baseline). Following acquisition of the skills, the BST package was discontinued, resulting in termination of the reinforcement contingency. Results indicated that the skill taught using the high-magnitude reinforcer persisted at relatively higher levels during the maintenance period (4 weeks of follow-up) for each participant, though performance remained above criterion regardless of reinforcer magnitude. |
|
An Evaluation of Reinstatement of Appropriate Communication Following Extinction |
STEPHEN E. RYAN (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a conceptual framework for the study of the recovery of previously extinguished operant behavior. Commonly referred to as treatment relapse, this is the failure to maintain treatment gains (i.e., reduction in problem behavior) when there is a change in conditions under which these gains were achieved. One treatment relapse paradigm previously examined in basic and applied research is reinstatement. Reinstatement of problem behavior has been shown to occur when functional reinforcers are delivered on a fixed-time schedule following extinction. Despite the utility of examining the reinstatement of problem behavior, demonstrations of reinstatement of other behavioral topographies (e.g., appropriate behavior) are rare. During the current study, an evaluation of reinstatement was conducted within an overall study of factors influencing the persistence of communication (Ringdahl, Berg, & Wacker, 2012; Grant R01 5R01HD069377-2). A 3-year-old male with a history of problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement and communication difficulties was exposed to functional communication training (FCT) using two mands. FCT was followed by extinction of communication and fixed-time delivery of a functional reinforcer. Problem behavior was on extinction in all phases. Reinstatement of communication occurred and problem behavior decreased from the levels observed during the preceding extinction sessions. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Discriminability on Behavioral Persistence During and Following Time-Based Schedules of Reinforcement |
VALDEEP SAINI (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Using a human-operant preparation and guided by Shahan and Sweeneys (2011) model of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory (BMT), we evaluated a refinement to noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) designed to reduce persistence of problem behavior during NCR and mitigate response resurgence during extinction following NCR. The refinement involved increasing the saliency and discriminability of the change from contingent reinforcement (during baseline) to NCR, which BMT predicts should lead to faster reductions in target responding and decrease the likelihood of resurgence. We present data on four subjects, all of whom responded in ways predicted by BMT to varying degrees. Our results are discussed within a translational research framework and broader context of strategies used to mitigate treatment relapse for severe destructive behavior, as NCR is one of the most commonly prescribed interventions for destructive behavior displayed by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
|
Examining Resurgence of Problem Behavior Following Differential Reinforcement With and Without Extinction |
KATIE LICHTBLAU (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Nevin and Shahans (2011) Equation 7 of behavioral momentum theory (BMT) predicts that when all other variables are held constant, the rate of alternative reinforcement (Ra) predicts the degree to which responding recurs when disrupted. In the current investigation, we used extinction as a disruptor to evaluate levels of resurgence of problem behavior following two forms of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) in which overall rates of reinforcement were equated. In one condition, reinforcement remained available for problem behavior, as well as for a communication response (i.e., DRA without extinction), whereas in the other condition, DRA was implemented with extinction, but we added noncontingent reinforcement to yoke the obtained rates of reinforcement to the DRA without extinction condition. Both DRA conditions suppressed rates of problem behavior with one individual, but we observed higher levels of resurgence following DRA without extinction. We discuss these results in light of BMT, as well as other treatments for problem behavior that do and do not involve terminating of the response-reinforcer relation. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Children Who Do Not Demonstrate Repertories Critical for Academic Success |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Joseph T. Shane, B.A. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been rigorously demonstrated to be an effective approach to treating children with autism. A large number of studies have shown significant improvements in participants who received Discrete Trial Training (DTT). However, studies with many participants consistently report finding a group of students who fail to make much progress with the traditional Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) treatment package. A concern, therefore, of everyone providing early intervention should be to determine why these children do not make adequate progress. It is possible that the standard EIBI treatment package assumes that learners have prerequisite skills that some children do not demonstrate. Even the most basic skills require some level of environmental awareness and attending to relevant stimuli. For example, simple visual discrimination is a prerequisite skill for conditional visual discrimination. Simple and conditional discrimination repertoires are critical components of many skills necessary for daily functioning, including communication, academic, and daily-living skills. It is also crucial to be able to identify effective reinforcers for each learner. This presentation consists of four studies, each of which addressed one of the following areas of concern for lower functioning students with autism: increasing vocalizations, teaching auditory and visual discriminations, and teaching imitation. |
Keyword(s): Discrimination Training, Echoic Training, Imitation, Matching-to-Sample |
|
Increasing Vocal Behavior and Establishing Echoic Stimulus Control in Children With Autism |
JOSEPH T. SHANE (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism fail to demonstrate echoic behavior as early as their typically developing peers. Some also make very limited vocal sounds in general, remaining mostly mute aside from crying or engaging in stereotypy. Echoic skills demonstrate auditory discrimination and matching, and function as a beneficial, if not necessary, prerequisite for many other vocal-verbal skills. The purpose of this study was to develop an alternative echoic training procedure for primarily non-vocal children who did not demonstrate auditory discrimination in baseline. The intervention consisted initially of sessions in which any vocal sounds were reinforced. Then reinforcement schedules were manipulated to increase the variety of sounds each child made. This was followed by a simplified echoic protocol to establish auditory stimulus control, beginning with high-rate vocalizations. Echoic skills were tested prior to and throughout the intervention. This procedure was able to produce an echoic repertoire in two out of three participants. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Who Have Difficulty Mastering Auditory Discriminations |
SARAH LICHTENBERGER (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Simple and conditional visual and auditory discrimination repertoires are critical components of many skills necessary for daily functioning, including communication, academic, and daily-living skills (Green, 2001). When auditory discrimination is not under instructional stimulus control it can result in delayed acquisition of new skills and limit academic progress. The purpose of this study was to teach auditory discrimination to children with autism who had little-to-no progress on classroom procedures that required auditory discrimination, such as selecting an object from an array when given the name of the object as the instruction. Auditory discrimination will be taught starting with teaching a particular motor response in the presence of an environmental sound, then slowly introducing other sound and response pairings. The procedure will use a variety of teaching methods based on the learner's progress. Trial-and-error, shaping, and physical prompts will be used to aid in the acquisition of discrimination skills. |
|
Simple and Conditional Visual Discrimination Training for Children With Autism |
BLAIRE MICHELIN (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Numerous everyday living skills rely on an individual having an extensive conditional discrimination repertoire. Some children with autism show difficulty in acquiring conditional discriminations, which can lead to delayed progress through classroom curricula. Green (2001) stated that it has been demonstrated that teaching simple visual discrimination tasks help cultivate the development of more complex visual discriminations. Even though some children with autism show difficulty in acquiring conditional discriminations, these individuals can acquire conditional discriminations after training on simple visual discriminations. The purpose of this study was to teach two individuals with autism simple and conditional visual discrimination tasks. Once the simple discrimination procedure was mastered, a conditional visual discrimination procedure was implemented. Both children had previously mastered classroom matching-to-sample procedures, but the skills failed to maintain. Simple and conditional visual discrimination were taught using trial-and-error and within-stimulus prompts. |
|
Using Shaping to Establish Imitative Repertoires |
JENNIFER LYNN MRLJAK (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Some children with autism are unable to acquire imitation despite receiving applied behavior analysis therapy meant to teach that and other important repertoires. Many ABA programs utilize physical prompting hierarchies either as a component of the discriminative stimulus or the correction procedure after an error. But even after lengthy exposure to these teaching techniques some children still do not acquire imitative responses. This study evaluated the use of shaping as a method to establish imitative motor responses in children who were not demonstrating any imitative behaviors under the control of the model’s behavior. The primary differences from common teaching methods included reinforcing approximations to the target behavior and increasing the response requirements incrementally over time, in addition to increasing the duration of the model’s actions and fading that over time. Three participants acquired a variety of imitative responses. |
|
|
|
|
Broad Applications of Programming for and Assessing Generalization for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Lauren K. Schnell, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The symposium includes four studies on programming for and assessing generalization in individuals with developmental disabilities. The first presentation evaluated the effect of teaching tolerance responses to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) following training a functional communication request. Generalization was assessed with stimuli, settings, and caregivers not associated with treatment and the effects of treatment maintained up to 6 weeks. The second presentation examined several stimulus conditions under which vicariously reinforced responding might emerge by embedding probes within an experimental arrangement that included multiple exemplars. The third presentation evaluated behavior skills training to establish generalized safety responding in children with ASD. Multiple exemplars were taught to program for generalization to stimuli and settings not associated with training. The fourth presentation taught children with ASD to tolerate medical and dental procedures and determined the extent to which tolerance transferred to settings not associated with training. Collectively these studies provide support for the value of programming for and assessing generalization for individuals with developmental disabilities across a wide range of skill areas. |
|
Improving Maintenance and Generalization While Teaching Children to Mand and Tolerate Delays to Mands |
JORDAN CHUSID (Regis College), Lauren Beaulieu (Regis College) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of teaching tolerance responses on problem behaviors using a multiple baseline design across participants design with two young children diagnosed with autism. After identifying the function of the problem behavior by conducing a functional analysis, we taught the children simple and complex functional communication responses (FCR). Afterwards, we introduced delay and denial tolerance training. Our dependent measures were (a) problem behaviors, (b) tolerance responses, (c) simple FCR, (d) complex FCR, and (e) percentage of the delay the child was independently engaged in an alternative activity. Generalization was assessed with novel stimuli, settings and caregivers. Maintenance was assessed through a 6 week follow-up. Our results suggested that there was an inverse relationship between tolerance responses and problem behaviors. Additionally, after the children learned FCRs, they were able to accept delays or denials to reinforcement and spend the majority of the delay engaged in a less preferred alternative activity. The effects generalized to novel settings and stimuli and the results maintained at a 6 week follow-up. |
|
Effects of Multiple Exemplars and Embedded Probes on Vicariously Reinforced Responding |
HYPATIA BOLIVAR (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement refers to an increase in ones behavior as a result of observing reinforcement delivered to a model, but in the absence of direct reinforcement delivered for imitation of the models response. We examined several stimulus conditions under which vicariously reinforced responding might emerge by embedding probes for vicariously reinforced responding within an experimental arrangement that included multiple training tasks (multiple exemplars) maintained by direct intermittent reinforcement. Four subjects attending a school for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities participated. Data for one subject showed maintenance and generalization of vicariously reinforced responding across three different probe tasks. Data for a second subject showed maintenance of vicariously reinforced responding on the first probe but no generalization to a second probe. Data for the remaining two subjects showed initial vicarious reinforcement effects but did not show maintenance on any probe. Implications for the applied use of vicarious reinforcement arrangements are described. |
|
Teaching Safety Responding to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Margaret Rossi (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Amy Gross (University of Minnesota), JESSIE NORTHGRAVE (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Children have been taught to demonstrate a safety response when they encounter a dangerous stimulus using behavioral skills training (BST). However, little research has evaluated the usefulness of BST to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the current study, we evaluated BST to establish a generalized repertoire of safety responding in children with ASD. Three categories of dangerous stimuli were identified and multiple exemplars were taught to program for generalization to stimuli and settings not associated with training. The three participants demonstrated an appropriate safety response after BST training across trained and untrained exemplars and settings. Additionally, responding to trained exemplars maintained up to four weeks following training. High levels of social validity were also found. These results suggest BST is a viable training approach for training individuals with ASD to demonstrate safety responding and results are discussed in light of previous studies. |
|
Increasing Cooperation With Medical and Dental Procedures in the Natural Environment for Children With Autism |
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (University of Florida/Kaleidoscope Interventions), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism often engage in disruptive behavior (i.e., crying, refusal, aggression) at the doctor or dentist, preventing medical or dental personnel from completing routine procedures. Previous research has demonstrated that exposing clients to a hierarchy of systematic fading steps, while differentially reinforcing compliance, can effectively decrease disruptive behavior and increase cooperation with a variety of procedures, when conducted in a therapeutic setting. However, is it unclear if cooperation generalizes to the natural environment of the doctor or dentist. The purpose of this study is to teach children with autism to tolerate routine medical and dental procedures, without engaging in noncompliance or disruptive behavior, and determine the extent to which cooperation transfers to the natural environment of the childs primary care provider (i.e., doctor or dentist) via pre- and posttest. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2016 |
2:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Cathleen C. Piazza, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When left untreated, pediatric feeding problems can result in poor weight gain, weight loss, malnutrition, dehydration, cognitive impairment, compromised immune function, and dependency on tube feedings (Cohen, Piazza, & Navanthe, 2006). Therefore, it is imperative that clinicians and researchers continue to develop effective treatment procedures and disseminate their findings to a larger audience. This symposium combines 4 data-based presentations on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding problems from 4 different programs: Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of North Carolina Wilmington, Marcus Autism Center, and University of Kansas. Following the 4 presentations, Dr. Cathleen Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute) will discuss the presentations and the implications of each presenters findings. The first presentation will focus on the use of applied behavior analysis to treat feeding problems in children with autism spectrum disorder. The second presentation will compare descriptive and functional analyses in the treatment of feeding disorders. The third presenter will discuss the use of alternative bite presentation methods in the treatment of expulsion and packing. The final presenter will discuss the use of response blocking to distinguish between motivational and skill deficits in pediatric feeding disorders. |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, food selectivity |
|
Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Applied Behavior Analysis Versus Wait-List Control |
VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems, and food selectivity, defined as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004), is the most commonly reported feeding problem. Results of studies have shown that treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) are effective as treatment for feeding disorders in the general pediatric population (e.g., Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Although ABA treatments have empirical support for feeding problems, and ABA also has empirical support for the treatment of the core symptoms of ASD, there are no ABA randomized clinical trials with a well-defined cohort of children with ASD and food selectivity. We conducted a randomized clinical trial of ABA treatment of food selectivity in children with ASD relative to a wait-list control group. We randomly assigned 3 children to ABA and 3 children to a wait-list group and compared the effects of treatment in a multiple baseline design across novel, healthy groupings of foods. Results demonstrated that ABA treatment increased acceptance of all food groupings for all six children who participated in the study. |
|
Comparison of Descriptive and Functional Analyses in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
JESSICA ASHLEY KEANE (UNCW), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Elizabeth Graham (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Woolson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Hannah Edwardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Natalie Jones (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Previous research on the correspondence between hypotheses derived from descriptive and functional analyses has shown mixed findings (e.g., Lalli et al., 1993; Lerman & Iwata, 1993; Thompson & Iwata, 2007). Further, studies comparing the relative effects of treatments matched to each hypothesis when results of these analyses do not correspond are scarce. To our knowledge, no studies to date have conducted a systematic comparison of descriptive and functional analyses outcomes in the treatment of pediatric feeding problems. Therefore, we compared the results of a descriptive analysis and caregiver- and therapist-conducted functional analyses of the inappropriate mealtime behavior of three children with feeding disorders. Then, using a reversal design, we compared treatments matched to the results of each analysis. Results of the descriptive and functional analyses did not correspond for any of the children. Results of the subsequent treatment evaluations showed that treatments matched to the functional analysis were more effective for all children. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 33% of sessions. Agreement was above 80% for each child. Clinical implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Alternative Bite Presentations in the Treatment of Feeding Difficulties |
HAILEY ORMAND (Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Interventions utilizing nonremoval procedures and reinforcement have yielded positive outcomes, including increased acceptance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior, in the treatment of feeding difficulties (e.g., Patel, Piazza, Martinez, Volkert, & Santana, 2002; Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Reed et al., 2004). However, challenging behaviors (i.e., expels, packs) often persist even after a bite is accepted. Alternative bite presentations, such as depositing bites with a flipped spoon or Nuk, are antecedent manipulations that have been shown to reduce these behaviors for children who are unsuccessful with bites presented on an upright spoon (e.g., Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010). The current study expands on past research examining alternative bite presentations by providing a review of pediatric cases from an intensive day-treatment feeding program to determine the frequency with which these presentations are utilized clinically. We will present descriptive information about the assessment and/or treatment protocols implemented with these individuals and summarize observed outcomes by topography. Finally, the implications of alternative bite presentations in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders will be considered. |
|
Using Response Blocking to Distinguish Between Motivational and Skill Deficits in Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
ALEC BERNSTEIN (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Courtney Moore (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Children typically gain the skills to appropriately feed themselves by the age of two years (Carruth et al., 2004). Those whose skills are delayed have statistically been shown to consume less nutrients (Carruth et al., 2004) and are at risk for both developmental and growth delays (Manikam & Perman, 2000; O?Brien et al., 1991). Though previous research has assessed a multitude of treatments for feeding delays and disorders (Cooper et al., 1995; Manikam & Perman, 2000; Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004), little research has evaluated whether such delays are maintained by motivational or skill deficits. The current study describes the treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding skills for four children with developmental disabilities. Response blocking was used to determine whether the absence of appropriate self-feeding was a motivational or skill deficit. Results of response blocking for one child suggest a motivational deficit, whereas results for the other three children suggest a skill deficit. Results will be discussed in terms of response blocking as an assessment procedure as well as backward chaining as a procedure for increasing self-feeding skills. |